\myTOC
\mainmatter }
-% redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
-\def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
- L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
- {LyX}}
-
% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
% macro for italic page numbers in the index
\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
+% for customized page headers/footers
+% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+% change header rule width
+\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
+
% workaround for a makeindex bug,
% see sec. "Index Entry Order"
% only uncomment this when you are using makindex
\end_preamble
\options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
\use_default_options false
+\begin_modules
+customHeadersFooters
+enumitem
+\end_modules
\maintain_unincluded_children false
\language english
\language_package default
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
-\author 5863208 "ab"
\end_header
\begin_body
Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Tables
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
-Single click
-\emph default
- the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
- the table.
-\end_layout
-
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
Navigating
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
+Input / Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Input-Completion"
\end_inset
-Input / Word Completion
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
by deselecting the option
\family sans
-Cursor indicator
+Cursor
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+indicator
\family default
.
With the option
\family sans
-Automatic inline completion
+Automatic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+inline
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+completion
\family default
the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
To accept this proposal, use the
\family default
There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
- If you don't understand this, go read sections
+ If you do not understand this, go read sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
- because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
- bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
- just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
- The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
- The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
- this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
+You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
+ LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
+ at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
+ you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
+ The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
+ The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
+ in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
+ it.
However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
+You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
under
\family sans
-Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Shortcuts
\family default
as explained in sec.
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Local Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
.
- See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
- it.
+ See section
+\emph on
+Local Layout
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual for information on how to use it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Fancy
\family default
- This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
- have the
+ This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
+ have the LaTeX-package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\end_inset
- package installed.
- At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
- To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
- preamble.
- Check the documentation for the
-\series bold
-fancyhdr
-\series default
- package for more details,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "fancyhdr"
+ installed.
+ How they are defined is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Separation
-\family default
- of paragraphs is described in section
+The separation of paragraphs is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll find the following options in the menu
+You find the following options in the menu
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
Layout
\family default
- of the dialog of the
+ of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
- menu:
+ dialog:
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
The choices are
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-A3, A4,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-A5
+A0 - A6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-B3, B4, B5
+B0 - B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US letter
+C0 - C6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US legal
+US letter, US legal, US executive
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US executive
+JIS B0 - JIS B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Custom
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Orientation
\family default
- Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
+ To choose whether to output as
\family sans
Landscape
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
- Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
+ Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
all
\emph default
of these pre-coded spacings.
- We'll explain more later.
+ We will explain more later.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Separation
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
- The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
- you have to add this line to your document preamble:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-parindent}{Length}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Units"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The default length is 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
- They are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Part*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Chapter*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Section*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsubsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+The unnumbered section headings have a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
- They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
- table of contents, see section
+ at the end of their name.
+ They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
+ the table of contents, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Letters
+Customized Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Letters
+Lists ! Customized
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
-: An Overview
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
- environments called
+To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
+
\family sans
-Address
+Customisable Lists (enumitem)
\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ in the document settings.
+ This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-Address
-\family default
-.
- To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
- in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
- In contrast, you can use the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Address
-\family default
- paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
- You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
- anything in them.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, you're not limited to using
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
- for letters only.
-
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
-, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
- some European academic papers.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Usage
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Address-Usage"
+Custom Enumerate Lists
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\noindent
+The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
+ argument (menu
\family sans
-Address
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short Title
\family default
- environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
- for the opening and signature in some countries.
- Similarly, the
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+) to the first item of each level in the list.
+ There you add the command
+\end_layout
-Address
-\family default
- environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
- is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
- Here's an example of each:
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+roman{enumi}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Right Address
-Right Address
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+in TeX Code (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
-Who I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+).
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-Where I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more about TeX Code, look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-When is it? What is today?
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-That was
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
.
- Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
- fit the largest block of text on a single line.
- Here's an example of the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Address
-Who are you
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Where do I send this
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-Your post office and country
-\end_layout
+\emph on
+ enumi
+\emph default
+ is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
+ The command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, both
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
+ For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
+\series bold
-Address
-\family default
- add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
- If you hit
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
- the environment to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ by
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+Roman
+\series default
.
- This makes sense, since
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- is the
-\family typewriter
-break-paragraph
-\family default
- function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
- Thus, you have to use
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+ For Arabic numerals use
+\series bold
- or
-\family sans
-Formatting
-\begin_inset space ~
+\backslash
+arabic
+\series default
+.
+ To
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Line
-\begin_inset space ~
+number
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Break
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
- menu) to start a new line in an
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ items with capital or small Latin letters use
+\series bold
-Address
-\family default
- environment.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+Alph
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Academic Writing
+\backslash
+alph
+\series default
+, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
- or list of references.
- LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
-\end_layout
+\noindent
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only number 26
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Abstracts
+items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is used for the abstract of an article.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
- Also, don't bother trying to nest
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa.
- It won't work.
- The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
- The book document classes ignores the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- completely, and it's utterly silly to use
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in a letter document class.
+To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
+ by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment does several things for you.
- First, it puts the centered label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- above the text.
- The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
- space.
- Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
- Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
- the subsequent text.
- Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
- The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
+As example a list with custom numbering:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Starting a new paragraph by hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- The new paragraph will still be in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment.
- So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
- finish entering the abstract of your document.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
+
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+
+Level 1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+Level 2
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Level 2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We'd love to give you directly an example of the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment, but since this document is in the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-book
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
- class, we can't do this.
- We inserted it therefore as figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- If you've never heard of an
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+Level 3
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Biblio_environment"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+Level 4
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is used to list references.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the end of the document.
- Nesting
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa won't work.
+For this list these commands were used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you first open a
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\noindent
-Bibliography
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-References,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- depending on the document class.
- The heading is in a large boldface font.
- Each paragraph of the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is a bibliography entry.
- Thus, hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- Each new paragraph is still in the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment.
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
- by using a BibTeX database.
- For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
-phy handling, have a look at in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+where the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+emph{}
+\series default
+ makes the label emphasized and
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
+\backslash
+bf{}
+\series default
+ makes it bold.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
+ lists until you change the definition.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX
-\family sans
--Code
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Resumed Enumeration
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! LyX code
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment is another LyX extension.
- It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
- It also treats the
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key as a fixed whitespace;
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, the
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key is treated as a
-\family sans
-Protected
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-Blank
-\family default
- instead of an end-of-word marker.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+arabic{enumi}.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
- If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
- (the
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- function).
-
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- breaks paragraphs.
- Note, however, that
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- So, when you finish using the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
- Also, you can nest the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment inside of others.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are a few quirks with this environment:
+\end_inset
+
+first
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+goes back to default numbering
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-you can't follow
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- with a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second
+\end_layout
-).
+\begin_layout Standard
+regular text
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't follow a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
+resumed
+\end_layout
- with a
+\begin_layout Standard
+To resume an enumeration, use the style
\family sans
-Space
+Enumerate-Resume
\family default
.
+ Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
+ list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Use a
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Or: use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
\end_inset
- instead.
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
- You must put at least one
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- in any line you want blank.
- Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
+ next one.
+ Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
+ This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
+ of a normal new enumeration.
+ There insert the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- since that will insert
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+start=number
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+where
\emph on
-real
+number
\emph default
- quotes.
- You get the typewriter double quotes with
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "self-insert \""
-\end_inset
+ is the number with which you want to resume the list.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+first item
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example:
+Enumeration starting at a given value:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#include <stdio.h>
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+start=4
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-int main(void)
+\end_inset
+
+This enumeration starts at 4
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-{
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+List Spacing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Spacing
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- printf("Hello World!
-\backslash
-n");
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- return 0;
+\begin_layout Standard
+In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
+ of a list.
+ For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+with standard spacing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is just the standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
+ of the list.
+ There add the command
+\series bold
+nolistsep
+\series default
+ to get no additional list space like in this example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+nolistsep
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-Hello world!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- program.
-
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+without additional
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+vertical space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
- rc-files, and so on.
- Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
- as if you used a typewriter.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph environments|)
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
+.
+ For more info see its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
+ and indentation.
+ Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
+ paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+cm so that the number is in the page margin:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Nesting Environments
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Environments
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+labelindent=
+\backslash
+parindent, labelsep=2cm
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Nesting"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+An enumeration
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+with negative indentation
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Further Customization
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Description
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
- properties.
- This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
- another block.
- For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
- has two subpoints.
- In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
- list
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-attached
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to item #2:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-one
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also change the style of description lists.
+ The command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-two
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+font=definition
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #1
+\begin_layout Standard
+changes the description label font, the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #2
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+style=definition
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-three
+\begin_layout Standard
+sets the list style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
- Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
-\family sans
-Increase
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+An example where the command
+\end_layout
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-Depth
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Decrease
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
+\end_layout
-List
+\begin_layout Standard
+is used:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Ionizing
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Depth
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Edit
-\family default
- menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
- will tell you how far you are nested).
- Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+radiation:
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
- or the convenient key bindings
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Shift-Tab
-\family default
- or
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
- to change the nesting level.
- The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
- you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
- paragraph.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
- If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
- Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
- depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Nesting isn't limited to lists.
- In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
- about to find out.
- This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-What You Can and Can't Nest
+Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
+ energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
+ ionizing them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
- you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+\begin_layout Description
+Reference
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
+ the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
+ object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
- complicated than a simple yes or no.
- There are three types of paragraph environments:
-\end_layout
+There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Completely unnestable
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
- things inside them.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
- anything into them.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
- environments have them:
-\end_layout
+.
+ For more info see its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
-\begin_layout Description
-Unnestable Can't nest them.
- Can't nest into them.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Bibliography
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Letters
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Abstract
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Letters
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Title
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Author
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
-Date
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Fully
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Nestable You can nest them.
- You can nest other things into them.
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
+ environments called
\family sans
-Verse
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Quote
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
+ in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ In contrast, you can use the
\family sans
-Quotation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Itemize
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Enumerate
+Address
+\family default
+ paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
+ You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
+ anything in them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Of course, you're not limited to using
\family sans
-Description
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-List
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+ for letters only.
+
\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
- You can't nest anything into them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Standard
+Address
+\family default
+, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
+ some European academic papers.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Usage
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Address-Usage"
-\family sans
-Part
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Chapter
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Section
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
+ for the opening and signature in some countries.
+ Similarly, the
\family sans
-Subsection
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsubsection
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
+ is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
+ Here's an example of each:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Right Address
+Right Address
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Paragraph
-\end_layout
+Who I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Where I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subparagraph
+When is it? What is today?
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+That was
\family sans
-Part*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
+ fit the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Here's an example of the
\family sans
-Chapter*
+Address
+\family default
+ environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Section*
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Address
+Who are you
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Where do I send this
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsection*
+Your post office and country
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see, both
\family sans
-Subsubsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\family default
+ add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
+ If you hit
\family sans
-Address
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
+Return
+\family default
+ in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
+ the environment to
\family sans
-Chapter
+Standard
\family default
-,
+.
+ This makes sense, since
\family sans
-Section
+Return
\family default
-, etc.
+ is the
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+ function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
+ Thus, you have to use
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\family sans
+Formatting
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+Break
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu) to start a new line in an
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
- well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
- section headings violate this.
+Address
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Academic Writing
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
+ or list of references.
+ LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Tables etc.
+Abstracts
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
- affected by nesting anyhow.
- They are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-equations
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-tables
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-figures
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is used for the abstract of an article.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
+ Also, don't bother trying to nest
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa.
+ It won't work.
+ The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
+ The book document classes ignores the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ completely, and it's utterly silly to use
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in a letter document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-(
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Figures and tables in
+The
\family sans
-Floats
+Abstract
\family default
- are not affected by this.
-\end_layout
+ environment does several things for you.
+ First, it puts the centered label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ above the text.
+ The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
+ space.
+ Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
+ Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
+ the subsequent text.
+ Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
+ The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Starting a new paragraph by hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ The new paragraph will still be in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment.
+ So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
+ finish entering the abstract of your document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Paragraph in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We'd love to give you directly an example of the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment, but since this document is in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ class, we can't do this.
+ We inserted it therefore as figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If you've never heard of an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Biblio_environment"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is used to list references.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the end of the document.
+ Nesting
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa won't work.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you first open a
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+References,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ depending on the document class.
+ The heading is in a large boldface font.
+ Each paragraph of the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is a bibliography entry.
+ Thus, hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ Each new paragraph is still in the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
+ by using a BibTeX database.
+ For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
+phy handling, have a look at in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX
+\family sans
+-Code
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph ! LyX code
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LyX-Code"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment is another LyX extension.
+ It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
+ It also treats the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key as a fixed whitespace;
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key is treated as a
+\family sans
+Protected
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Blank
+\family default
+ instead of an end-of-word marker.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
+ If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ (the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function).
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ breaks paragraphs.
+ Note, however, that
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ So, when you finish using the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
+ Also, you can nest the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment inside of others.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are a few quirks with this environment:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+you can't follow
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ with a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't follow a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ with a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Use a
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Or: use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
+ instead.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
+ You must put at least one
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ in any line you want blank.
+ Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ since that will insert
+\emph on
+real
+\emph default
+ quotes.
+ You get the typewriter double quotes with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "self-insert \""
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#include <stdio.h>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+int main(void)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ printf("Hello World!
+\backslash
+n");
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ return 0;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is just the standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Hello world!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ program.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
+ rc-files, and so on.
+ Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
+ as if you used a typewriter.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph environments|)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
+ in the chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Nesting Environments
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nesting ! Environments
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Nesting"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
+ properties.
+ This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
+ another block.
+ For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
+ has two subpoints.
+ In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
+ list
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+attached
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to item #2:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+one
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+two
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist – item #1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist – item #2
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+three
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
+ Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
+\family sans
+Increase
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Depth
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Decrease
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Depth
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Edit
+\family default
+ menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
+ will tell you how far you are nested).
+ Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
+ or the convenient key bindings
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Shift-Tab
+\family default
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
+ to change the nesting level.
+ The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
+ you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
+ paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
+ If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
+ Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
+ depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Nesting isn't limited to lists.
+ In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
+ about to find out.
+ This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
+ you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
+ complicated than a simple yes or no.
+ There are three types of paragraph environments:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Completely unnestable
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
+ things inside them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
+ anything into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
+ environments have them:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Unnestable Can't nest them.
+ Can't nest into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Fully
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Nestable You can nest them.
+ You can nest other things into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+List
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
+ You can't nest anything into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Part
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Part*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Chapter*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Section*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+, etc.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
+ well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
+ section headings violate this.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nesting ! Tables etc.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
+ affected by nesting anyhow.
+ They are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+equations
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+tables
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+figures
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+(
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Figures and tables in
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+ are not affected by this.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
example in parentheses someplace.
- For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
+ For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
The environment name is the name of the current environment.
Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
line at that point.
- This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
- Enspace (0.5
+ Enspace
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Phantom Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
.
- The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
+ The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
dimension.
\end_layout
\series default
\series medium
-When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
+If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
\family sans
Protect
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
+If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
can force a page break where you want one.
Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
Only if you use a lot of
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
+We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
until you have checked in the preview to see if you
\emph on
really
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
+There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
action.
This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
+Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
you can insert horizontal lines.
The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
of the current text line or the paragraph.
+ The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note:
\series default
XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
- as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
+ as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
\end_layout
\end_inset
and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
If you select
\family sans
-Default,
-\family default
- the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
- In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Default,
+\family default
+ the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
+ In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+) or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+European Computer Modern
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+), but some classes preset different default fonts.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+ are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
+ when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Reader
+\family default
+ version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
+ renderer.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
+ Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+select the
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
+
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+ as the default font.
+ It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
+ Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ looks identical to
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+.;
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+One difference is improved kerning.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+or select the
+\family sans
+AE
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Almost
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European)
+\family default
+ fonts in (the rare) case that
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
+ the look of
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+AE
+\family default
+ is a virtual font.
+ Virtual means that it
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+steals
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ outline
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+-glyphs from other fonts.
+ This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
+ guillemets (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+«
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+»
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Loading the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+aeguill
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ with the document preamble line
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+will fix the guillemet problem.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and that accented characters are not
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ glyph, but build of
+\emph on
+two
+\emph default
+ characters, the accent and the letter.
+ Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
+ using the
+\family typewriter
+AE
+\family default
+ fonts.
+ If you search for example for the French word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+rève
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
+ the glyph
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ è
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and not for the glyph
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ e +
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+ ̀
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+If you do not like the look of
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+, you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+ Palatino
+\family default
+.
+ Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif and typewriter fonts
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
+\family default
+ selects
+\family sans
+Helvetica
+\family default
+ for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+a real font
+\emph on
+family
+\emph default
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+in case of
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, but you can also select your own.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+The differences between roman,
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ fonts are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+The font
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
+\family default
+ was originally designed for newspapers.
+ That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
+ into the small newspaper columns.
+ Therefore
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
+\family default
+ is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For the font size there are generally four possible values:
+\family sans
+Default, 10
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+11
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+12
+\family default
+.
+ Some classes provide additional sizes.
+ The size of
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ depends on the class you are using.
+ In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the font size is the
+\emph on
+base size
+\emph default
+.
+ That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
+ used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
+ You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog if needed.
+ The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Default Family
+\family default
+ selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
+ be roman, sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif or typewriter.
+ The
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
+ this.
+ In most cases,
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ is equal to
+\family sans
+roman
+\family default
+, but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family typewriter
+
+\family sans
+LaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
-\family default
+{}
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (
-\family typewriter
-cm
+X font encoding
\family default
-) or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
+ the LaTeX-package
+\emph on
+ fontenc
+\emph default
+ (see also sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-European Computer Modern
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (
-\family typewriter
-ec
+).
+ Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
+ Unless you have specific reasons, use
+\family sans
+Default
\family default
-), but some classes preset different default fonts.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As
-\family typewriter
-cm
+With some fonts, the checkboxes
+\family sans
+Use Old Style Figures
\family default
and
-\family typewriter
-ec
+\family sans
+Use True Small Caps
\family default
- are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
- when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ are enabled.
+ These are extra features some fonts provide.
+ If
+\family sans
+Use Old Style Figures
+\family default
+ is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
+ i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
+e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Reader
+figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
+
+\family sans
+Use True Small Caps
\family default
- version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
- renderer.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
- Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
+ determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
+ of scaled capitals.
+ Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
+ better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-select the
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
-) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
-
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- as the default font.
- It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
- Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
- looks identical to
-\family typewriter
-cm
+\begin_layout Standard
+The field
+\family sans
+CJK
\family default
-;
+ allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
+ a font to display the script characters.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-One difference is improved kerning for the
-\family typewriter
-lm
+The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+.
+ So this has no effect for the document language
+\family sans
+Japanese
\family default
- fonts.
+ that doesn't use
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-select the
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-Almost European
-\family default
-) fonts in (the rare) case that
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
- the look of
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- is a virtual font.
- Virtual means that it
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-steals
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- outline
-\family typewriter
-cm
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
+ this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
\family default
--glyphs from other fonts.
- This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
- guillemets (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ dialog, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-«
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
+
\end_inset
-»
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Loading the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-aeguill
-\series default
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Using Different Character Styles
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
+Character Styles
\end_layout
\end_inset
- with the document preamble line
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Text Style
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\series default
-will fix the guillemet problem.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- and that accented characters are not
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- glyph, but build of
-\emph on
-two
-\emph default
- characters, the accent and the letter.
- Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
- using the
-\family typewriter
-AE
+\begin_layout Standard
+As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
+ certain paragraph environments.
+ LyX supports two character styles,
+\family sans
+Emphasized
\family default
- fonts.
- If you search for example for the French word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ and
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+.
+ You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
+ toolbar.
+\end_layout
-rève
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+To activate the
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style, do one of the following:
+\end_layout
- in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
- the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Itemize
+click on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
- è
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- and not for the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- e +
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Itemize
+use the key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
- ̀
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-If you do not like the look of
-\family typewriter
-cm
+\begin_layout Standard
+These commands are all toggles.
+ That is, if
+\family sans
+Noun
\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
+ style is already active, they deactivate it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+One typically uses the
+\family sans
+Noun
\family default
-, you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ style for proper names.
+ For example:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ is the original author of LyX.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A more widely used character style is the
\family sans
-Times Roman
+Emphasized
\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-
+ style.
+ You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
\family sans
-Palatino
+Emphasized
\family default
-.
- Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
-\begin_inset space ~
+ style by:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+clicking on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
-serif and typewriter fonts
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+using the keybindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
-g.,
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally the
\family sans
-Times Roman
+Emphasized
\family default
- selects
+ style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
+es use a different font.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We've been using the
\family sans
-Helvetiva
+Emphasized
\family default
- for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+ style all over the place in this document.
+ Here's one more example:
+\end_layout
-g.
- with
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
-\family default
-, different shapes of the same font, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quotation
-e.
- a real font
\emph on
-family
-\emph default
-.
+Don't overuse character styles!
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+It's also a warning in addition to an example.
+ One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
+ Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
+ the common tendency to overuse character style.
+
+\end_layout
-, but you can also select your own.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
\end_inset
-The differences between roman,
+ or the dialog
\family sans
-sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif
+Style
\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-typewriter
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Text Style
\family default
- fonts are explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ dialog
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Text Style
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
+ LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
+ For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
+ requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
+ Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
+ from ordinary dialog.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
+ warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The font
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
-\family default
- was originally designed for newspapers.
- That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
- into the small newspaper columns.
- Therefore
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
+Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
+ tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use custom character styles, open the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
\family default
- is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+ dialog.
+ There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
+ font property which you can choose.
+ You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
+\family sans
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-For the font size there are generally four possible values:
-\family sans
-Default, 10
+change
\family default
-,
+, which keeps the current state of that property.
+ The item
\family sans
-11
+Reset
\family default
-, and
+ will reset the property to whatever is the default.
+ You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
+ environments in a snap.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The font properties, and their options (in addition to
\family sans
-12
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+change
\family default
-.
- Some classes provide additional sizes.
- The size of
+ and
\family sans
-Default
+Reset
\family default
- depends on the class you are using.
- In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
+) are:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the font size is the
-\emph on
-base size
-\emph default
-.
- That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
- used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
- You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
+Family
+\family default
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Style
-\family default
- dialog if needed.
- The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+overall look
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ of the font.
+ The possible options are:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Roman
+\family default
+ This is the Roman font family.
+ Normally a serif font.
+ It's also the default family.
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-roman"
\end_inset
-.
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Default Family
-\family default
- selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
- be roman, sans
+Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif or typewriter.
- The
-\family sans
-Default
+Serif
\family default
- selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
- this.
- In most cases,
+
\family sans
-Default
+This is the Sans Serif font family.
+
\family default
- is equal to
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-sans"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-roman
+Typewriter
\family default
-, but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
+
+\family typewriter
+This is the Typewriter font family.
+
+\family default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-typewriter"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family typewriter
-
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Series
+\family default
+ This corresponds to the print weight.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-{}
+\family sans
+Medium
+\family default
+ This is the Medium font series.
+ It's also the default series.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-X font encoding
+\family sans
+Bold
\family default
- selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
- the LaTeX-package
-\emph on
- fontenc
-\emph default
- (see also sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\series bold
+This is the Bold font series.
+
+\series default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-bold"
\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Shape
+\family default
+ As the name implies.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-).
- Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
- Unless you have specific reasons, use
\family sans
-Default
+Upright
\family default
-.
+ This is the Upright font shape.
+ It's also the default shape.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-With some fonts, the checkboxes
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Use Old Style Figures
+Italic
\family default
- and
+
+\shape italic
+This
+\shape default
+
\family sans
-Use True Small Caps
+\shape italic
+i
\family default
- are enabled.
- These are extra features some fonts provide.
- If
+s the Italic font shape
+\shape default
+\emph on
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Use Old Style Figures
+Slanted
\family default
- is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
- i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+
+\shape slanted
+This is the Slanted font shape
+\shape default
+ (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
+\end_layout
-e.
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Small
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
-
-\family sans
-Use True Small Caps
+Caps
\family default
- determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
- of scaled capitals.
- Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
- better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
+
+\shape smallcaps
+This is the Small caps font shape
+\shape default
+\noun on
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The field
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-CJK
+Size
\family default
- allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
- a font to display the script characters.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ Alters the size of the font.
+ You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
+nal to the document font size.
+ Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
+ what you want to do.
+ The options are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-CJK
-\series default
-.
- So this has no effect for the document language
\family sans
-Japanese
+Tiny
\family default
- that doesn't use
-\series bold
-CJK
-\series default
-.
-\end_layout
+
+\size tiny
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Tiny
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font size.
+
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size tiny"
+\end_inset
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Smallest
+\family default
+
+\size scriptsize
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Smallest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+ font size
+\size default
+.
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size scriptsize"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
- this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
- LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences
+Smaller
\family default
- dialog, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\size footnotesize
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Smaller
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size footnotesize"
\end_inset
-.
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Small
+\family default
+
+\size small
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Small
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ font size.
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Using Different Character Styles
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size small"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Character Styles
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Normal
+\family default
+ This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ font size.
+ It's also the default size.
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size normal"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Text Style
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Large
+\family default
+
+\size large
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Large
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font size.
+
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size large"
+\end_inset
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
- certain paragraph environments.
- LyX supports two character styles,
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- and
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Noun
+Larger
\family default
-.
- You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
- toolbar.
+
+\size larger
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Larger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size larger"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To activate the
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Noun
+Largest
\family default
- style, do one of the following:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "font-noun"
+
+\size largest
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ font size.
-\begin_layout Itemize
-use the key binding
+\size default
+ (key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "font-noun"
+arg "font-size largest"
\end_inset
-
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These commands are all toggles.
- That is, if
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
- style is already active, they deactivate it.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-One typically uses the
\family sans
-Noun
+Huge
\family default
- style for proper names.
- For example:
+
+\size huge
+This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\noun on
-Matthias Ettrich
-\noun default
- is the original author of LyX.
+Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font size.
+
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size huge"
+\end_inset
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A more widely used character style is the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- style.
- You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Emphasized
+Huger
\family default
- style by:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-clicking on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "font-emph"
+
+\size giant
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Huger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ font size.
-\begin_layout Itemize
-using the keybindings
+\size default
+ (key bindings
\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-emph"
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size giant"
\end_inset
-
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
-es use a different font.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-We've been using the
\family sans
-Emphasized
+Increase
\family default
- style all over the place in this document.
- Here's one more example:
-\end_layout
+ This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Quotation
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\emph on
-Don't overuse character styles!
-\end_layout
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-It's also a warning in addition to an example.
- One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
- Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
- the common tendency to overuse character style.
-
-\end_layout
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
+).
+ (key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
-\end_inset
-
- or the dialog
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
+arg "font-size increase"
\end_inset
-Style
-\family default
-.
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fine-Tuning with the
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Text Style
+Decrease
\family default
- dialog
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-
+ This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Text Style
-\end_layout
-
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
- LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
- For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
- requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
- Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
- from ordinary dialog.
-\end_layout
+Small
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
- warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+).
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size decrease"
\end_inset
-Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
- tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
+)
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-To use custom character styles, open the
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+We'll warn you
+\emph on
+yet again
+\emph default
+: don't go crazy with this feature.
+ You should almost never need to change the font size.
+ LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
+ — use that instead.
+ This is here for fine-tuning only!
+\end_layout
-\family default
- dialog.
- There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
- font property which you can choose.
- You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
-\family sans
-No
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-change
-\family default
-, which keeps the current state of that property.
- The item
\family sans
-Reset
+Misc
\family default
- will reset the property to whatever is the default.
- You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
- environments in a snap.
+ Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
+ Options are:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The font properties, and their options (in addition to
-\family sans
-No
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-change
-\family default
- and
\family sans
-Reset
+Emph
\family default
-) are:
+
+\emph on
+This is text with emphasize on
+\emph default
+.
+ This might seem like the same as
+\shape italic
+Italic
+\shape default
+, but it is actually a bit different.
+ Emphasized is a
+\emph on
+logical
+\emph default
+ attribute.
+ That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
+ text.
+ Normally this font is equal to italic.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Family
+Underbar
\family default
- The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\bar under
+This is text with Underbar on.
+
+\bar default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-underline"
\end_inset
-overall look
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\family sans
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- of the font.
- The possible options are:
+
+\family default
+Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
+ when you couldn't change fonts.
+ We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
+ It's only included in LyX because some people
+\emph on
+may
+\emph default
+ need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Roman
+Double
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+underbar
\family default
- This is the Roman font family.
- Normally a serif font.
- It's also the default family.
+
+\uuline on
+This is text with Double underbar on.
+
+\uuline default
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "font-roman"
+arg "font-underunderline"
\end_inset
)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
+ about double underbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Sans
+Wavy
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Serif
+underbar
\family default
-\family sans
-This is the Sans Serif font family.
+\uwave on
+This is text with Wavy underbar on.
-\family default
+\uwave default
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "font-sans"
+arg "font-underwave"
\end_inset
)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
+ Keep antinausea pills handy.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Typewriter
+Strikeout
\family default
-\family typewriter
-This is the Typewriter font family.
+\strikeout on
+This is text with Strikeout on.
-\family default
+\strikeout default
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "font-typewriter"
+arg "font-strikeout"
\end_inset
+) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
+ since changed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-)
+Noun
+\family default
+
+\noun on
+This is text with Noun on.
+
+\noun default
+ Like
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+, this is a logical attribute.
+ Normally it's equivalent to
+\family sans
+Small
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Caps
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Series
+Color
\family default
- This corresponds to the print weight.
- Options are:
+ You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
+ Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
+ Besides
+\family sans
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+color
+\family default
+, which is the default
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+color
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and means normally black, you can choose between
+\family sans
+Black
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+White
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Red
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Green
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Blue
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Cyan
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Magenta
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Yellow
+\family default
+ text.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! Text
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Medium
+Language
+\family default
+ This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
+ the language of the document.
+ Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
+ (only within LyX).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
+ Once you've chosen a new character style via the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog, the settings are saved.
+ You can activate them using the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
+ isn't visible.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To completely reset the character style to the default, use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
+ (suppose you just set the shape to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+slanted
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and the series to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+bold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+), set the
+\family sans
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+all
+\family default
+ switch and press
+\family sans
+Apply
\family default
- This is the Medium font series.
- It's also the default series.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You should also know something about the differences between the three main
+ font types
\family sans
-Bold
+serif
\family default
-
-\series bold
-This is the Bold font series.
-
-\series default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-bold"
+,
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+serif
+\family default
+, and
\family sans
-Shape
+typewriter
\family default
- As the name implies.
- Options are:
+:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Upright
+Typewriter
\family default
- This is the Upright font shape.
- It's also the default shape.
-\end_layout
+ is a so called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+monospaced
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font, that means every character has the same width, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Italic
-\family default
-
-\shape italic
-This
-\shape default
-
-\family sans
-\shape italic
i
-\family default
-s the Italic font shape
-\shape default
-\emph on
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is as wide as the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+m
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
.
+ Here is an example
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+no
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Slanted
+
+\family typewriter
+typewriter text
\family default
-
-\shape slanted
-This is the Slanted font shape
-\shape default
- (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Small
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more on phantoms see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Caps
-\family default
-
-\shape smallcaps
-This is the Small caps font shape
-\shape default
-\noun on
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:More-Spaces"
+
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Size
-\family default
- Alters the size of the font.
- You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
-nal to the document font size.
- Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
- what you want to do.
- The options are:
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+no typewriter text
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Tiny
+Serif
\family default
-
-\size tiny
-This is the
+ fonts use characters with serifs.
+ These are the small
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Tiny
+appendices
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
+ at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
+ The following example will show the difference:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size tiny"
+text with serifs
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-)
+
+\family sans
+text without serifs
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
+ These fonts are therefore used as default (named
+\family sans
+roman
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Smallest
+Sans serif
\family default
-
-\size scriptsize
-This is the
+ don't use serifs.
+ This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
+ We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Smallest
+Toggling
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size
-\size default
-.
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size scriptsize"
+ refers to applying or removing font properties.
+ When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
+ the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
+ to be removed.
+ If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
+ has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
+ not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+Never toggled
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Smaller
-\family default
-
-\size footnotesize
-This is the
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Smaller
+always toggled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
+ mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
+ For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size footnotesize"
+Family
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
+ etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
+ If
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+Toggle all
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Small
-\family default
-
-\size small
-This is the
+ is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
+ of them are.
+ Finally,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Small
+Reset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
+ is never toggled.
+ If you set
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size small"
+Series
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+Reset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Normal
-\family default
- This is the
+ and select
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Normal
+Toggle all
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
- It's also the default size.
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size normal"
+, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
+ series (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-)
+Medium
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+), no matter how many times you apply the style.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
+ They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Large
-\family default
-
-\size large
-This is the
+\begin_layout Section
+Printing and Previewing
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Overview
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
+ using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
+ Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
+ goes on behind-the-scenes.
+ We cover this information in much greater detail in the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual as well.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
+ LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
+ confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
+ LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
+ Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
+ This happens in two stages:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
+ generating a file with the extension,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Large
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- font size.
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size large"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Larger
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
\family default
+ file to produce printable output.
-\size larger
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Output file formats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+File formats
+\end_layout
-Larger
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size larger"
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Output-file-formats"
+
\end_inset
-)
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Simple text (ASCII)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Largest
-\family default
-
-\size largest
-This is the
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+File formats ! ASCII
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Largest
+
+\family typewriter
+.txt
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
+.
+ It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size largest"
+American Standard Code for Information Interchange
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
+ (ASCII).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
\family sans
-Huge
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Simple
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
\family default
-
-\size huge
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ or
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Simple
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Huge
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- font size.
+(ps2ascii)
+\family default
+.
+ The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
+n to ASCII.
+\end_layout
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size huge"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+File formats ! LaTeX
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Huger
-\family default
-
-\size giant
-This is the
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Huger
+
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
+ and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
+ your document.
+ If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
+ it manually with console commands.
+ The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
+ you view or export your document.
+\end_layout
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size giant"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Increase
+eX
\family default
- This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-Largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+DVI
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+File formats ! DVI
+\end_layout
-Huge
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size increase"
-\end_inset
-)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Decrease
-\family default
- This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Normal
+
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to
+.
+ It is called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Small
+device-independent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size decrease"
-\end_inset
-
-)
+ (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
+ to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
+ DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
+ like PostScript.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-We'll warn you
-\emph on
-yet again
-\emph default
-: don't go crazy with this feature.
- You should almost never need to change the font size.
- LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
- — use that instead.
- This is here for fine-tuning only!
+DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
+ So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
+ Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
+ it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
+ you view the DVI.
+ So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to DVI by the menu
\family sans
-Misc
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
\family default
- Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
- Options are:
-\end_layout
+ or
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Emph
-\family default
-
-\emph on
-This is text with emphasize on
-\emph default
-.
- This might seem like the same as
-\shape italic
-Italic
-\shape default
-, but it is actually a bit different.
- Emphasized is a
-\emph on
-logical
-\emph default
- attribute.
- That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
- text.
- Normally this font is equal to italic.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Underbar
+X).
+
+\family default
+ The latter option uses the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
\family default
+.
-\bar under
-This is text with Underbar on.
-
-\bar default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-underline"
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
+ font access (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family sans
-)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+\end_inset
-\family default
-Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
- when you couldn't change fonts.
- We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
- It's only included in LyX because some people
-\emph on
-may
-\emph default
- need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
+).
+ LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
+ TeX processor.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Double
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PostScript
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-underbar
-\family default
-
-\uuline on
-This is text with Double underbar on.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+File formats ! PostScript
+\end_layout
-\uuline default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-underunderline"
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
- about double underbar.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Wavy
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-underbar
+
+\family typewriter
+.ps
\family default
-
-\uwave on
-This is text with Wavy underbar on.
-\uwave default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-underwave"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+.
+ PostScript was developed by the company
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\family default
+ as a printer language.
+ The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
+ file.
+ PostScript can be seen as a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
- Keep antinausea pills handy.
-\end_layout
+programming language
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Strikeout
-\family default
-
-\strikeout on
-This is text with Strikeout on.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
+ge
+\series bold
+pstricks
+\series default
-\strikeout default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-strikeout"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
- since changed.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
-
-\noun on
-This is text with Noun on.
+.
+\end_layout
-\noun default
- Like
-\family sans
-Emph
-\family default
-, this is a logical attribute.
- Normally it's equivalent to
-\family sans
-Small
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Caps
-\family default
-.
+ Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+PostScript can only contain images in the format
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Color
-\family default
- You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
- Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
- Besides
-\family sans
-No
-\begin_inset space ~
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-color
-\family default
-, which is the default
+ (EPS, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-color
+
+\family typewriter
+.eps
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and means normally black, you can choose between
-\family sans
-Black
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-White
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Red
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Green
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Blue
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Cyan
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Magenta
-\family default
- and
+).
+ As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
+ to convert them in the background to EPS.
+ If you have e.g 50
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+images in your document, LyX has to do 50
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+conversions whenever you view or export your document.
+ This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
+ So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
+ EPS to avoid this problem.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
\family sans
-Yellow
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PostScript
\family default
- text.
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PDF
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! Text
+File formats ! PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-Language
-\family default
- This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
- the language of the document.
- Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
- (only within LyX).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
- Once you've chosen a new character style via the
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Style
+
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
\family default
- dialog, the settings are saved.
- You can activate them using the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "textstyle-apply"
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
- isn't visible.
-
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (PDF) developed by
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\family default
+ was derived from PostScript.
+ It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
+ As the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+portable
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
+ looks exactly the same.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To completely reset the character style to the default, use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
+PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
- (suppose you just set the shape to
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-slanted
+
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and the series to
+) and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-bold
+Portable Network Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-), set the
-\family sans
-Toggle
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-all
-\family default
- switch and press
-\family sans
-Apply
+
+\family typewriter
+.png
\family default
-.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
+ in the background to one of these formats.
+ But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
+ will slow down your workflow.
+ So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You should also know something about the differences between the three main
- font types
+You can export your document to PDF via the menu
\family sans
-serif
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export
\family default
-,
-\family sans
-sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ in three different ways:
+\end_layout
-serif
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-typewriter
+ that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
+ The PostScript-version is produced by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
\family default
-:
+ which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
+ So this export variant consist of three conversions.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Typewriter
-\family default
- is a so called
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-monospaced
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font, that means every character has the same width, the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-i
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+(dvipdfm) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+dvipdfm
+\family default
+ that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
+ PDF.
+\end_layout
- is as wide as the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-m
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+(pdflatex) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
+\family default
+ that converts your file directly to PDF.
+\end_layout
-.
- Here is an example
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
-status open
+(XeTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-no
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+X) This uses the program
\family typewriter
-typewriter text
+XeTeX
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more on phantoms see section
+ that converts your file directly to PDF.
+
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+ is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
+ font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:More-Spaces"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
-.
+).
+ It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
+y written Japanese.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-no typewriter text
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Serif
+X) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
\family default
- fonts use characters with serifs.
- These are the small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ that converts your file directly to PDF.
+
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ is an even newer engine, derived from
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
+ access (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-appendices
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
- The following example will show the difference:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
-text with serifs
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+).
+ LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
+ TeX processor.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+We recommend to use
\family sans
-text without serifs
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
- These fonts are therefore used as default (named
-\family sans
-roman
+(pdflatex)
\family default
-).
-\end_layout
+ because
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
+\family default
+ supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
+ works without problems.
+ If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or specific OpenType fonts, you might
+ want to try out
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
+(XeTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Sans serif
-\family default
- don't use serifs.
- This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
- We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Toggling
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+X)
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- refers to applying or removing font properties.
- When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
- the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
- to be removed.
- If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
- has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
- not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-Never toggled
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+{}
+\end_layout
-always toggled
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
- For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+X)
+\family default
+ instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
+ as
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-Family
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+XHTML
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
- If
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+FileFormats ! XHTML
+\end_layout
-Toggle all
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
- of them are.
- Finally,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Reset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- is never toggled.
- If you set
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTML
+\end_layout
-Series
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Reset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- and select
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Toggle all
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
- series (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+.xhtml
+\family default
-Medium
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-), no matter how many times you apply the style.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
- They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Printing and Previewing
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Overview
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
- using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
- Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
- goes on behind-the-scenes.
- We cover this information in much greater detail in the
+.
+ It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
+ It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
+ when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
+ suitable for the purpose.
+ For the math output you can choose in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output
+\family default
+ between different formats, that are described in section
\emph on
-Additional Features
+Math Output in XHTML
\emph default
- manual as well.
-\end_layout
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
- LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
- confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
- LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
- Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
- This happens in two stages:
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
- generating a file with the extension,
+\begin_layout Standard
+XHTML output remains
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
-
+under development
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
+ See the chapter
+\emph on
+LyX and the World Wide Web
+\emph default
+, in the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual, for more information.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
-\family typewriter
-.tex
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LyXHTML
\family default
- file to produce printable output.
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Output file formats
+Previewing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats
+Document ! Preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Output-file-formats"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
+ breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
+
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ and choose
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-view"
\end_inset
+.
+ A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
+ output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Simple text (ASCII)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! ASCII
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
+ (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.txt
+).
+ Further output formats can be selected via
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Other Formats
\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/view-others.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
+ viewer window using the menu
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update (Other Formats)
+\family default
+, respectively.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
+ directory.
+ To have a real output, export your document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Printing the File from within LyX
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Printing-the-File"
+
\end_inset
-American Standard Code for Information Interchange
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- (ASCII).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
+Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
+ it directly from within LyX.
+ To print a file, select the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Simple
-\begin_inset space ~
+Print
+\family default
+ or click on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
-text
+.
+ LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
+ This file is then processed by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
\family default
- or
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Simple
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
+\family typewriter
+Ghostscript
+\family default
+.
+ Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
+\end_layout
-text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
+ is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
+ printing one set to print on the other side.
+ Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
+ By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
+ of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can set the parameters in the
+\family sans
+Print
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(ps2ascii)
+Destination
\family default
-.
- The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
-n to ASCII.
+ box as follows:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Printer
+\family default
+ This is the name of the printer to print to.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! LaTeX
-\end_layout
-
+Note that this printer name is for the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+ That means
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ has to be configured for this printer name.
+ The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Printer"
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
- your document.
- If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
- it manually with console commands.
- The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
- you view or export your document.
+ The printer should understand PostScript.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+File
+\family default
+ The name of a file to print to.
+ The output will be a PostScript file.
+ It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
+ path.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+A few Words about Typography
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Typography
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-DVI
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyphens
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! DVI
+Hyphens
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+In LyX, the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.dvi
+-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- It is called
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-device-independent
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ character comes in four lengths: the
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+, the
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+, the
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+, and the minus sign:
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
- (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
- to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
- DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
- like PostScript.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
- So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
- Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
- it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
- you view the DVI.
- So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to DVI by the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+name
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-X).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+output
+\end_layout
-\family default
- The latter option uses the program
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
- is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
- font access (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+inserted with
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-).
- LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
- TeX processor.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+hyphen
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-PostScript
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PostScript
+-
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.ps
+-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- PostScript was developed by the company
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
-\family default
- as a printer language.
- The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
- file.
- PostScript can be seen as a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ in text
+\end_layout
-programming language
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
-ge
-\series bold
-pstricks
-\series default
+en dash
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
+–
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-PostScript can only contain images in the format
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+em dash
+\end_layout
- (EPS, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-).
- As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
- to convert them in the background to EPS.
- If you have e.g 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-images in your document, LyX has to do 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-conversions whenever you view or export your document.
- This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
- So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
- EPS to avoid this problem.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PostScript
-\family default
-.
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-PDF
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PDF
+minus sign
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $-$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.pdf
+-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ in math mode
+\end_layout
-Portable Document Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
- (PDF) developed by
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
-\family default
- was derived from PostScript.
- It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
- As the name
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-portable
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
- implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
- looks exactly the same.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (JPG, file extension
+You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.jpg
+-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
+ character multiple times in a row.
+ They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
+ the final output, but not in LyX.
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
-\family default
-
+-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) and
+ gives a en dash,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Portable Network Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.png
-\family default
-
+-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
- in the background to one of these formats.
- But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
- will slow down your workflow.
- So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
+ a em dash.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PDF via the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export
-\family default
- in three different ways:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-ps2pdf
-\family default
- that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
- The PostScript-version is produced by the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
- So this export variant consist of three conversions.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
+ math mode and has a length of its own.
+ Here are some examples of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-(dvipdfm) This uses the program
+
\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
+-
\family default
- that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
- PDF.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-(pdflatex) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-pdftex
-\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
+ in use:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+line- and page-breaks
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-(XeTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+(
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+)
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+From A–Z
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
-{}
+(
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Oh — there's a dash.
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-X) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-XeTeX
-\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
-
-\family typewriter
-XeTeX
-\family default
- is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
- font access (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+(
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-).
- It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
+(
+\emph on
+minus sign
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyphenation
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Hyphenation
\end_layout
\end_inset
-X) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
-
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
- is an even newer engine, derived from
-\family typewriter
-pdflatex
-\family default
-, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
- access (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Hyphenation"
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
+ Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-).
- LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
- tex processor.
+ following the rules of the document language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend to use
+LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
+
\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+typewriter
+\family default
+ font and with unusual constructs, like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
- because
-\family typewriter
-pdftex
-\family default
- supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
- works without problems.
- If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
-or specific OpenType fonts, you might
- want to try out
+h3knix/m0n0wall
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
+ manually.
+ This is done with the menu
\family sans
-PDF
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(XeTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Point
+\family default
+.
+ These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
+ If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
+ Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
+ in the form
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-X)
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+A-b c
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+.
+ LaTeX would then see the hyphen
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+ as a hyphenation possibility.
+ Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
+ To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Prevent Hyphenation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-X)
-\family default
- instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
- as
-\family typewriter
-pdflatex
-\family default
-.
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-XHTML
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Punctuation Marks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FileFormats ! XHTML
+Punctuation marks
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTML
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Abbreviations"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
+ automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
+ LaTeX then adds the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.xhtml
-\family default
-
+appropriate amount of space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
- It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
- when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
- suitable for the purpose.
- Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
- it, but not all do.
+ That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
+ the next word.
+ Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-XHTML output remains
+Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
+ not work in all cases.
+ If a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-under development
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
- See the chapter
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+.
+\family default
-LyX and the World Wide Web
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, in the
+ is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
+ at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here are some examples of
\emph on
-Additional Features
+correct
\emph default
- manual, for more information.
+ abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LyX-HTML
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+M.
+ Butterfly
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Previewing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Don't worry.
+ Be happy.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Preview
+\begin_layout Standard
+And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+g.
+ this is too much space!
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I.
+ It's okay.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
- breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
-
-\family sans
-View
-\family default
- and choose
-\family sans
-View
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "buffer-view"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
- output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
+You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:File-Formats"
+\begin_layout Standard
+To fix this problem, use one of the following:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use an
+\family sans
+Inter-word
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
- (see sec.
+Space
+\family default
+ after lowercase abbreviations (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
\end_inset
).
- Further output formats can be selected via
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Other Formats
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/view-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Spaces ! inter-word
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
- viewer window using the menu
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update
-\family default
- or
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use a
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update (Other Formats)
+Thin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Space
\family default
-, respectively.
-\end_layout
+ between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
- directory.
- To have a real output, export your document.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Printing the File from within LyX
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Printing-the-File"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
+).
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Spaces ! thin
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
- it directly from within LyX.
- To print a file, select the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Print
-\family default
- or click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
-.
- LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
- This file is then processed by the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
-\family typewriter
-Ghostscript
-\family default
-.
- Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
- is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
- printing one set to print on the other side.
- Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
- By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
- of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the parameters in the
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use an
\family sans
-Print
+End
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Destination
-\family default
- box as follows:
-\end_layout
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+sentence
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Printer
+period
\family default
- This is the name of the printer to print to.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ found under the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that this printer name is for the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
-.
- That means
-\family typewriter
-dvips
+Character
\family default
- has to be configured for this printer name.
- The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
+ This function is also bound to
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
\end_inset
+ for easy access.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Printer"
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-.
+this is too much space!
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- The printer should understand PostScript.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I\SpecialChar \@.
+ It's okay.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
+ If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
+ will take care of this.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
+ Check out the
\family sans
-File
+Check
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+TeX
\family default
- The name of a file to print to.
- The output will be a PostScript file.
- It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
- path.
+ feature described in section
+\emph on
+Checking TeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-A few Words about Typography
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Quotes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography
+Typography ! Quotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphens
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyphens
+Quotes | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
+Typography
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX, the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- character comes in four lengths: the
-\emph on
-hyphen
-\emph default
-, the
-\emph on
-en dash
-\emph default
-, the
-\emph on
-em dash
-\emph default
-, and the minus sign:
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-name
-\end_layout
+LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
+ Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
+ and use a closing quote at the end.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+open close
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-output
+.
+ The keyboard character,
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+, generates this automatically.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change the behavior of the
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ key using the submenu
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+ of the dialog
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-inserted with
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-hyphen
+ dialog.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
+\family sans
+Type
+\family default
+ option.
+ There are six choices:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
-\family typewriter
--
\family default
+ Use quotes like this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+double
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in text
-\end_layout
-
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-en dash
-\end_layout
+single
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-–
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
-\end_layout
-
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-em dash
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-—
-\end_layout
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
+ or 'this
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-minus sign
-\end_layout
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
- in math mode
-\end_layout
-
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
- character multiple times in a row.
- They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
- the final output, but not in LyX.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
- gives a en dash,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
- a em dash.
-\end_layout
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes als
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
- math mode and has a length of its own.
- Here are some examples of the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These settings affect what character the
+\family sans
+"
\family default
+ key produces.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Ligatures
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- in use:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typography ! Ligatures
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-line- and page-breaks
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-(
-\emph on
-hyphen
-\emph default
-)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-From A–Z
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-(
-\emph on
-en dash
-\emph default
-)
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ligatures | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh — there's a dash.
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-(
-\emph on
-em dash
-\emph default
-)
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset
+Typography
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-(
-\emph on
-minus sign
-\emph default
-)
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphenation
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyphenation
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyphenation"
+name "sub:Ligatures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
- Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-babel
-\series default
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
+ print them as single characters.
+ These groups are known as
+\emph on
+ligatures
+\emph default
+.
+ Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
+ in the output.
+ Here are the standard ligatures:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ff
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fi
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fl
+\end_layout
- following the rules of the document language
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffi
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
-
-\family sans
-German
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-German
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffl
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
+\end_layout
-(new
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-spelling)
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
-\end_layout
+graffiti,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ it looks really weird in compound words, such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+cufflink
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
-
-\family sans
-typewriter
-\family default
- font and with unusual constructs, like
+ or the German
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-h3knix/m0n0wall
+Dorffest.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
- This is done with the menu
+ To break a ligature, use
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Hyphenation
+Ligature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Point
+Break.
+
\family default
-.
- These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
- If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
-\end_layout
+ This changes
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
- Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
- in the form
+cufflinks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-A-b c
+cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+links
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- LaTeX would then see the hyphen
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
--
+Dorffest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as a hyphenation possibility.
- Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
- To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
- as described in section
+ to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Prevent Hyphenation
+Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the
-\emph on
-EmbeddedObjects
-\emph default
- manual.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Punctuation Marks
+LyX's Proper Names
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Punctuation marks
+LyX ! Proper names
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Abbreviations and End of Sentence
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Abbreviations"
+name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
- automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
- LaTeX then adds the
+You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
+ characters in different sizes and heights.
+ LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
+ as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-appropriate amount of space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-.
- That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
- the next word.
- Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
- not work in all cases.
- If a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
.
-\family default
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
- at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here are some examples of
-\emph on
-correct
-\emph default
- abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
-\end_layout
+command
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-M.
- Butterfly
+ appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
+ To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Don't worry.
- Be happy.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
+ Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
+ proper names:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX The name of the game, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-g.
- this is too much space!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-This is I.
- It's okay.
-\end_layout
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To fix this problem, use one of the following:
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use an
-\family sans
-Inter-word
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space
-\family default
- after lowercase abbreviations (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+yX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
-
+\begin_layout Description
+TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-).
-\begin_inset Index idx
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! inter-word
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use a
-\family sans
-Thin
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space
-\family default
- between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Thin-Space"
-
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-).
-\begin_inset Index idx
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! thin
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use an
-\family sans
-End
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-sentence
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
-period
-\family default
- found under the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Character
-\family default
- menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
- This function is also bound to
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
-\end_inset
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
- for easy access.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+eX2e
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-this is too much space!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-This is I\SpecialChar \@.
- It's okay.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
- If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
- will take care of this.
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
- Check out the
-\family sans
-Check
-\begin_inset space ~
+You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-TeX
-\family default
- feature described in section
-\emph on
-Checking TeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+2
+\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Quotes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Quotes
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
+ For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset
+: The actual version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+TeX-3.141592
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Quotes | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+, the previous one was
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TeX-3.14159
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-{
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you don't want to use proper names, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-}
-\end_layout
+in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
+ word.
+ This will look in LyX like:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/LaTeX.png
+ scale 80
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+For more about TeX Code, look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
- Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
- and use a closing quote at the end.
- For example,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:TeX-Code"
-open close
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- The keyboard character,
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
-, generates this automatically.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the behavior of the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key using the submenu
-\family sans
-Language
-\family default
- of the dialog
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Units
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Typography ! Units
\end_layout
\end_inset
- dialog.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
-\family sans
-Type
-\family default
- option.
- There are six choices:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- Use quotes like this
+\begin_layout Standard
+Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
+ space between two words.
+ As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
+ smaller.
+ To get such a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-double
+half space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes els
+ for units use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-single
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
+Space
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
+).
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example to show the differences:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
+h
+\end_layout
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+space between number and unit
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- or 'this
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+\end_inset
+h
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+half space between number and unit
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Widows and Orphans
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes gls
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typography ! Widows and orphans
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
+ happened to end.
+ There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
+ You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
+ for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
+ of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
+ of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ These bits of text became known as
+\emph on
+widows
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+orphans
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
+ That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
+ But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
+ of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
+ built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
+ to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
+ This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
+\end_layout
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\begin_layout Standard
+There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
+ or how you can tweak that behavior.
+ Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes pls
+ or
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prs
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexguide"
+
+\end_inset
+) may have more information.
+ You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
-\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Notes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Notes
+\end_layout
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frs
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Notes"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
-\end_inset
-
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes als
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These settings affect what character the
+\begin_layout Description
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
+ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
\family sans
-"
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
\family default
- key produces.
-\end_layout
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Ligatures
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+
+\begin_inset Note Comment
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Ligatures
+This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ligatures | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-{
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is text
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
+ In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
+ How this can be done is explained in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-}
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Ligatures"
-
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
+ indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
- print them as single characters.
- These groups are known as
-\emph on
-ligatures
-\emph default
+Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Note
+\family default
.
- Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
- in the output.
- Here are the standard ligatures:
+ Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ff
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Footnotes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fi
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Footnotes
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fl
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffi
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffl
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Footnotes"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
- While a ligature may be okay in the word,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
+ menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Footnote
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
-graffiti,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+,
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+you'll see
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ the following box:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
+ scale 80
- it looks really weird in compound words, such as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-cufflink
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- or the German
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+ This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
+ If you
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ left-click on
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Dorffest.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- To break a ligature, use
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ligature
-\begin_inset space ~
+foot
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Break.
\family default
- This changes
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\series default
+\bar default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+label, the box will
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
+ Clicking on the box label again, will close
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ box
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+.
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
+ on the footnote
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ toolbar
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+button
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+.
+\end_layout
-cufflinks
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's an example footnote:
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-links
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Dorffest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-fest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
+ position where the footnote box is placed.
+ The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
+ The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
+ no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
+ LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
+ scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
+ T
+\family roman
+h
+\family default
+ey are described in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX's Proper Names
+\begin_layout Section
+Marginal Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX ! Proper names
+Marginal notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
+name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
- characters in different sizes and heights.
- LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
- as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
+Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
+ When you insert a margin note via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Marginal
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Note
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
+, you'll see
+\family roman
+\series medium
+a
+\family default
+\series default
+ grey
+\family roman
+\series medium
+box with a
+\family default
+\series default
+ red
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-command
+margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
- To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
- proper names:
+ appearing within your text.
+ This box is LyX's representation of your margin
+\family default
+\series default
+al
+\family roman
+\series medium
+note.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LyX The name of the game, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+At the side is an example marginal note.
+\family roman
+\series medium
-L
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Marginal
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+This is a marginal note.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-yX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to produce it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
+ pages, right on odd pages.
+\end_layout
-T
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Section
+Graphics and Images
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Images
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Graphics
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Graphics"
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_layout
-{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
+ you want and click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
+\end_inset
+
+ or select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ from the menu.
+ Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics
+\family default
+ tab allows you to choose your image file.
+ The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
+ factor.
+ The scaling units are explained in Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-eX2e
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+
\end_inset
- to produce it.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+ it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
+ of the image in the output.
+ The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
+
+\family sans
+Get
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2
-\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
+from
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+file
+\family default
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Clip
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+bounding
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+box
+\family default
+ will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
+ Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
+ the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
.
- It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
- For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
-\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the
+\family sans
+LaTeX and LyX options
+\family default
+ tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
+ You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Draft
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-: The actual version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+mode
+\family default
+ has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
+ with the image size is printed.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Don't
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TeX-3.141592
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+unzip
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, the previous one was
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TeX-3.14159
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+export
+\family default
+ is explained in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual in section
+\emph on
+Graphics Dialog
+\emph default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't want to use proper names, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
+ The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
+ in the text.
+ This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
+
+\end_layout
-in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
- word.
- This will look in LyX like:
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/LaTeX.png
- scale 80
+ filename clipart/mobius.eps
+ scale 70
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-For more about TeX Code, look at section
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
+ the image into a float, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Units
+Image Formats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Units
+Images ! Formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Image-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
- space between two words.
- As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
- smaller.
- To get such a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+You can insert images in any known file format.
+ But as we explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-half space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+
\end_inset
- for units use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Thin
+, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
+ LyX uses therefore the program
+\family typewriter
+ImageMagick
+\family default
+ in the background to convert the images to the right format.
+ To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
+ you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space
-\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "space-insert thin"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+
\end_inset
-).
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example to show the differences:
+Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
+ They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
+ Well-known bitmap image formats are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-h
-\end_layout
-
+Graphics Interchange Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-space between number and unit
-\end_layout
+ (GIF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+\family typewriter
+.gif
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-h
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+GIF|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-half space between number and unit
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Widows and Orphans
-\begin_inset Index idx
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Widows and orphans
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
- happened to end.
- There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
- You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
- for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
- of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
- of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
- These bits of text became known as
-\emph on
-widows
-\emph default
- and
-\emph on
-orphans
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
- That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
- But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
- of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
- built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
- to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
- This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
- or how you can tweak that behavior.
- Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
-\begin_inset space ~
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+.png
+\family default
- or
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexguide"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PNG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-] may have more information.
- You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
-
\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Notes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Notes"
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-LyX
-\begin_inset space ~
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+JPG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
-ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Comment
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Greyed
+Scalable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
+images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
+ data loss.
+ The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
+ presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
+ Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+Scalable image formats can be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Scalable Vector Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (SVG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\family typewriter
+.svg
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text
-\begin_inset Foot
+SVG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
- In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
- How this can be done is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
- of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
- indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
-\end_layout
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "note-insert"
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Note
+
+\family typewriter
+.eps
\family default
-.
- Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Footnotes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Footnotes
+EPS|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Footnotes"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
- menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Footnote
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
-,
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-you'll see
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- the following box:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
- scale 80
-
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
- This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
- If you
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- left-click on
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
+ (PDF, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-foot
-\family roman
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-label, the box will
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
- Clicking on the box label again, will close
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- box
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
.
- If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
- on the footnote
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- toolbar
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-button
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
+ We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
+ or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
+ In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
+ image
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example footnote:
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
+Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
+ versa.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping of Image Settings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
+Images ! Settings grouping
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
- position where the footnote box is placed.
- The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
- The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
- no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
- LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
- scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
- T
-\family roman
-h
+Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
+ group.
+ Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
+ of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
+ the same way.
+ So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
+ need to manually change each of them.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A new group can be set by entering a name in the
+\family sans
+Group
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Name
\family default
-ey are described in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+ field in the Graphics dialog.
+ Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
+ by checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Marginal Notes
+Tables
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Marginal notes
+Tables
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
+name "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
- When you insert a margin note via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Marginal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Note
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
+You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "marginalnote-insert"
-\end_inset
-
-, you'll see
-\family roman
-\series medium
-a
-\family default
-\series default
- grey
-\family roman
-\series medium
-box with a
-\family default
-\series default
- red
-\family roman
-\series medium
-label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-margin
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
- appearing within your text.
- This box is LyX's representation of your margin
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
\family default
-\series default
-al
-\family roman
-\series medium
-note.
+.
+ A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
+ The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
+ from the rest of the table.
+ This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
+ have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
+ them.
+ Here is an example table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-At the side is an example marginal note.
-\family roman
-\series medium
-
-\begin_inset Marginal
-status open
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a marginal note.
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
- In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
- pages, right on odd pages.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Graphics and Images
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Graphics
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Graphics"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
- you want and click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- or select
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Graphics
-\family default
- from the menu.
- Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
- The
-\family sans
-Graphics
-\family default
- tab allows you to choose your image file.
- The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
- factor.
- The scaling units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
- it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
- of the image in the output.
- The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
-
-\family sans
-Get
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-from
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-file
-\family default
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Clip
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
+\end_layout
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-bounding
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-box
-\family default
- will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
- Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
- the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the
-\family sans
-LaTeX and LyX options
-\family default
- tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
- You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
- The option
-\family sans
-Draft
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-mode
-\family default
- has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
- with the image size is printed.
- The option
-\family sans
-Don't
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-unzip
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\size normal
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\end_layout
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-export
-\family default
- is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual in section
-\emph on
-Graphics Dialog
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
- The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
- in the text.
- This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- scale 70
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
- the image into a float, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Image Formats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Formats
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Image-Formats"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Table dialog
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
+ brings up the table dialog.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
+ where the cursor is placed currently.
+ Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
+ This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
+ done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert images in any known file format.
- But as we explained in section
+Additionally to the table dialog, the
+\family sans
+table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+toolbar
+\family default
+ helps you in setting table properties.
+ It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
- LyX uses therefore the program
-\family typewriter
-ImageMagick
+Settings
\family default
- in the background to convert the images to the right format.
- To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
- you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
+ of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
+ If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
+ current cell respectively.
+ The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
+ is given.
+ A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
+ of text, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+reference "sub:Table-Cells"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
+You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
+ using the check box
+\family sans
+Multicolumn
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Multirow
+\family default
+.
+ This will merge the cells to
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ cell, spread over more than one column/row.
+ Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
+ and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
+ Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
+ in the last row without the upper border:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
- They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
- Well-known bitmap image formats are
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+abc
+\end_layout
-Graphics Interchange Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+def ghi
+\end_layout
- (GIF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family typewriter
-.gif
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GIF|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+jkl
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+C
+\end_layout
-Portable Network Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (PNG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+D
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family typewriter
-.png
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PNG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+2
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-{
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+4
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
+ They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
+ explained in the tables section of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+degrees counterclockwise.
+ These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
+\end_layout
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
-\family default
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Most DVI-viewers are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ able to display rotations.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Borders
\family default
+ tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
+ The button
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ adds lines for all cell borders.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Longtables
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-JPG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+Tables ! Longtables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Longtables
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Scalable
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+\family sans
+Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
- data loss.
- The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
- presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
- Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Scalable image formats can be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Scalable Vector Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+long
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- (SVG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+table
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+Longtable
+\family default
+ of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
+ Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
-.svg
+\family sans
+Header
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the first page, if
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+header
+\family default
+ is defined.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SVG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-{
+header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the last page, if
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+footer
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
+ You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Caption
+\family default
+.
+ More about longtable captions can be found in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also specify a row where the table is split.
+ If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
+ of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
+ The others will then be defined as
+\emph on
+empty
+\emph default
+.
+ In this context, first means first in this order:
+\family sans
+Footer, Last
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+footer,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Header,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+header.
-\family typewriter
-.eps
\family default
+ See the following longtable to see how it works:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EPS|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{
+\series bold
+Example Phone List (ignore the names)
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Portable Document Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+NAME
+\end_layout
- (PDF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-.
- We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
- or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
- In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
- image
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
+
+\series bold
+Example Phone List
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
- versa.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping of Image Settings
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Settings grouping
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+NAME
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
- group.
- Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
- of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
- the same way.
- So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
- need to manually change each of them.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A new group can be set by entering a name in the
-\family sans
-Group
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-Name
-\family default
- field in the Graphics dialog.
- Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
- by checking the name of the desired group.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Tables
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Tables"
+\series bold
+TEL.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+continue ...
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
-\family default
-.
- A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
- The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
- from the rest of the table.
- This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
- have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
- them.
- Here's an example table:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+\series bold
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
+\series bold
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-B
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\size normal
-\noun off
-\color none
-
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Maria
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-C
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Giusi
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Table dialog
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
- brings up the table dialog.
- Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
- where the cursor is placed currently.
- Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
- This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
- done on all of your selection.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Additionally to the table dialog, the
-\family sans
-table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-toolbar
-\family default
- helps you in setting table properties.
- It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Colin
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Settings
-\family default
- of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
- If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
- current cell respectively.
- The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
- is given.
- A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
- of text, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bernard
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Table-Cells"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
- using the check box
-\family sans
-Multicolumn
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Multirow
-\family default
-.
- This will merge the cells to
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- cell, spread over more than one column/row.
- Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
- and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
- in the last row without the upper border:
+\series bold
+Concli
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-abc
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-def ghi
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-jkl
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-B
+
+\series bold
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-C
+Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-D
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+
+\series bold
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
+Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4
+
+\series bold
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
- They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
- explained in the tables section of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-degrees counterclockwise.
- These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Most DVI-viewers are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- able to display rotations.
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Borders
-\family default
- tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
- The button
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- adds lines for all cell borders.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Longtables
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Longtables
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Gasparini
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-long
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-table
-\family default
- in the tab
-\family sans
-Longtable
-\family default
- of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
- Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franca
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the first page, if
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-header
-\family default
- is defined.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\series bold
+Rizzardi
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the last page, if
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-footer
-\family default
- is defined.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
- You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Caption
-\family default
-.
- More about longtable captions can be found in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Lassini
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify a row where the table is split.
- If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
- of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
- The others will then be defined as
-\emph on
-empty
-\emph default
-.
- In this context, first means first in this order:
-\family sans
-Footer, Last
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-footer,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Header,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Giancarlo
+\end_layout
-header.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family default
- See the following longtable to see how it works:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Example Phone List (ignore the names)
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-NAME
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-TEL.
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
\series bold
-Example Phone List
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-NAME
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-TEL.
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row endfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
\series bold
-continue ...
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Annovi
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+111, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bertoli
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bozzi
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cinquemani
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Colin
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Concli
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Feliciello
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Focarelli
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Galletti
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Gasparini
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Rizzardi
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Lassini
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Meneguzzo
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Mezzadra
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pirpamer
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111, 222
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Radina
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Stuffer
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tezzele
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vieider
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vigna
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Weber
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Winkler
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
+\series bold
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Annovi
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+555, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bertoli
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bozzi
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cinquemani
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Colin
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Concli
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+999
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endlastfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Feliciello
+End
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Cells
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tables ! Cells
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-Cells"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
+ All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
+ Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
+ But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
+ for the cell's paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
+ for the column in the table dialog.
+ Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
+ is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Focarelli
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Galletti
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Gasparini
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Rizzardi
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
+ This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
+ You can cut and paste even more than one row.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
+ not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
+
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Lassini
+\end_inset
+
+ Selection with the mouse or with
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ plus the arrow keys works as usual.
+ You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
+ the selection from outside the table.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Floats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
+ have a fixed location.
+ It can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
+
+\family sans
+Footnotes
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Notes
+\family default
+ are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
+ too many notes on the page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
+ Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
+ and pages without text.
+ As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
+, every float can be referenced in the text.
+ Floats are therefore numbered.
+ Referencing is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert a float, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Floats
+\family default
+.
+ A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
+ The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
+ the output.
+ After the label you can insert the caption text.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+Floats ! Captions
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+ The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
+ paragraph within the float.
+ To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
+ by left-clicking on the box label.
+ A closed float box looks like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/floatQt4.png
+ scale 80
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Malfatti
+ – a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
+ LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Examples
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Figure Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Figure-Floats"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+Floats ! Figure floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Malfatti
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Platypus"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+ was created using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
+ using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Meneguzzo
-\end_layout
+.
+ The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
+ in front of or behind the image and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Settings
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 50
+ width 50col%
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Mezzadra
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Platypus"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+A severely distorted platypus in a float.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
+ to it.
+ As described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Pochiesa
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
-\end_layout
+, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555, 222
-\end_layout
+ and refer to it using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Radina
-\end_layout
+.
+ It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
+ references like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+the figure above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
-\end_layout
+, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
+ might not be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+ at all.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
+ might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+ This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
+ Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Stuffer
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
-\end_layout
+.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
+ You can also set the images one below the other.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Tacchelli
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Undefinable"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Platypus"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+ are the subfigures.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Tezzele
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Undefinable"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Undefinable
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
+ width 45col%
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
-\series bold
-Vigna
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Platypus"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+Platypus
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-999
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
-\series bold
-Winkler
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+Two distorted images.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endlastfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-End
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Table Floats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Floats ! Table floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Table floats can be inserted using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
+\family default
+ or the toolbar botton
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+.
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
+ label.
+ Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Table-float"
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Cells
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Cells
+ is a table float.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-Cells"
+name "cap:Table-float"
\end_inset
-
+A table float.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
- All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
- Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
- But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
-\family sans
-Section*
-\family default
-, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
- for the cell's paragraph.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
- for the column in the table dialog.
- Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
- is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
- An example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-4
+Joe
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
+Mary
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-5
+Ted
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-6
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-7
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d
+\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-8
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
- This is longer now.
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-9
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
- You can cut and paste even more than one row.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
- not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Selection with the mouse or with
-\family sans
-Shift
-\family default
- plus the arrow keys works as usual.
- You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
- the selection from outside the table.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Floats
+\begin_layout Subsection
+More Information
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats
+Floats ! Details
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Floats"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
- have a fixed location.
- It can
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
+LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
+ It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
+ float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
+ caption.
+ All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
-\family sans
-Footnotes
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Margin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Notes
-\family default
- are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
- too many notes on the page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
- Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
- and pages without text.
- As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
-, every float can be referenced in the text.
- Floats are therefore numbered.
- Referencing is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To insert a float, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\emph on
Floats
-\family default
-.
- A box with a caption that has e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Figure
+\emph default
+ of the the
+\emph on
+Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-#:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
- The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
- the output.
- After the label you can insert the caption text.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Captions
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
- paragraph within the float.
- To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
- by left-clicking on the box label.
- A closed float box looks like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/floatQt4.png
- scale 80
-
-\end_inset
-
- – a gray button with a red label.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
- LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Types
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Figure Floats
+\begin_layout Section
+Minipages
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Figure floats
+Minipages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Figure-Floats"
+name "sec:Minipages"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Figure
-\family default
- inserts a float with the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-#:
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
- the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
- This is what we did for Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Platypus"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
- of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
- This was done in Figure
+LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
+ called minipage.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Escher"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+apply.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- width 50col%
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Platypus"
-
-\end_inset
-
-A severely distorted platypus in a float.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Box
+\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ and its alignment within the page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
+\align center
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "30col%"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Escher"
-
-\end_inset
-
-M.C.
- Escher on acid.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+\shape italic
+This is a minipage.
+ The text is set in an italic style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- scale 80
-
-\end_inset
-
+\shape italic
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
+ another formatting.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
- to it.
- As described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
-
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- and refer to it using the menu
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+Horizontal Fills
\family default
-.
- It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
- references like
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-the figure above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
- might not be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- at all.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
- might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
- This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
- Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-
-\end_inset
-
- is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
- You can also set the images one below the other.
- Figure
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Undefinable"
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Platypus"
-
+:
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
- are the subfigures.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Undefinable"
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Undefinable
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- width 45col%
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
+ to other box types.
+ All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
+\emph on
+Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Mathematical Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+Formulas | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Platypus"
-\end_inset
-
-Platypus
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
+Math
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 60
- width 45col%
+
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+Math ! Basics
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Two distorted images.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-mode on"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
+ corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
+ what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ menu.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
+ with the
+\family sans
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+toolbar
+\family default
+, that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
+ line, like this one:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with an inline formula
+\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
+ in it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
+, like this one:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+A=B
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the caption is added to the
-\family sans
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
+LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-Figures
-\family default
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+.
+ So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Panel
+\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Table Floats
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Navigating in Formulas
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Table floats
+Math ! Navigating
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table floats can be inserted using the menu
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
+ achieved with the arrow keys.
+ LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
+Space
\family default
-.
- They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
- label.
- Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+ will leave a formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Table-float"
-
+, or a matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
- is an example of a table float.
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Table-float"
-
-\end_inset
-
-A table float.
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, printed in this document as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
+ space character (visible space).
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Joe
-\end_layout
+, type
+\series bold
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Mary
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+2x+1
+\series default
+ and not
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ted
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+2x
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
++1
+\series default
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-a & b\\
-c & d
-\end{array}\right]$
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
\end_inset
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selecting Text
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ but not in a normal text region in LyX.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Exponents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Algorithm Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Algorithm floats
+Math ! Subscripts
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This float type is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Algorithm
-\family default
-.
- It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
- A possible environment for algorithms is the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
-, described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
+ way is to use a command.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
+, type in a formula
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
-.
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series default
+.
+ The final
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
+ If you type
\series bold
-Note:
+x^2y
\series default
- that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
- language.
-\end_layout
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
- You have to do this manually by adding the following line
-\end_layout
+, type
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
\backslash
-floatname{algorithm}{your
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-name}
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-to the document preamble (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-).
-
-\series bold
-your
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-name
+y
\series default
- is the word
+.
+ If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
+ hat
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+^
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\emph on
-algorithm
-\emph default
+, you have to use an extra
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ to separate the hat and the character.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
- in your language.
-\end_layout
+if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Wrap Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
+, type
+\series bold
+x^
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Wrap figure
-lines 0
-placement l
-overhang 0in
-width "40col%"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- width 40col%
-
\end_inset
+a
+\series default
+.
+ Subscripts are similar: To get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+, type
+\series bold
+a_1
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+spce
+\end_layout
-This is a wrapped figure.
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fractions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Fractions
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Create a fraction with either the command
+\series bold
-This float type is used if you want to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+frac
+\series default
+ or using the icon
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/frac.png
+ scale 60
-wrap
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
- width.
- It can be inserted using the menu
+ in the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Wrap
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Float
+Panel
\family default
- if the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-wrapfig
-\series default
+.
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction.
+ The cursor is above the fraction line.
+ To move it to the bottom, simply press
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+.
+ To move back up, press
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+.
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5
+\end{array}\right)}\right]
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Roots
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+Math ! Roots
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is installed.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
-\emph on
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Configuration
-\emph default
- manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
- float box.
- Figure
+\begin_layout Standard
+Roots can be created using the
+\family sans
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
- is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+ or the commands
+\series bold
-col%.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Available units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+.
+ With the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+ you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ produces always a square root.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Operators with Limits
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Sums
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
-ng text.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Integrals
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
- that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
- other text.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
- In general:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
- That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
- place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
- page breaks will appear.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
- where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
- there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Rotated Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+) operators are very often decorated with limits.
+ These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
+ a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ The sum operator will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
+ formulas.
+ Such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Rotating
-\end_layout
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\]
\end_inset
-
+Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
+ types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
- To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
- and use the option
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
+ display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
+ behind the operator and hitting
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-limits"
+\end_inset
+
+ or using the menu
\family sans
-Rotate
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-sideways
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
- have a multicolumn document).
- You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
-\family sans
-Span
+Limits
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-columns
+Type
\family default
.
- Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
- Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
- format is also the same: Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+Certain other mathematical expressions have this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Rotated-table"
-
+moving limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is an example of a rotated table float.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+ feature as addition, such as
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
+Math ! Limits
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways true
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
+\]
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Rotated-table"
+\end_inset
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset
- Rotated table
-\end_layout
+ underneath the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+lim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ in display mode.
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-test
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+\series bold
+\backslash
+lim
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Functions"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
+ for an explanation of function macros.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Symbols
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-d
+Math ! Symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most math symbols can be found in the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+Panel
+\family default
+ under one of several categories; including
+\family sans
+Greek
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Operators
+\family default
+ ,
+\family sans
+Relations
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrows
+\family default
+.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
+ you don't have to use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+Panel
+\family default
+, but can type the command directly into the formula.
+ LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Placement
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Float-Placement"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Altering Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Placement
+Math ! Spaces
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
- options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
+ LaTeX provides.
+ To do this, type
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
\end_inset
-The option
+ or to use the
\family sans
-Span
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-columns
+Panel
\family default
- is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
- span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/space.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
-The option
-\family sans
-Rotate
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-sideways
-\family default
- is used to rotate floats, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ For example, the sequence
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
+ appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
\end_inset
.
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
+ the space marker and hit space again several times.
+ With every space hit the size will be changed.
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
+ spaces.
+ Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
- set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-default
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-placement
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 3×
+\family sans
+Space
\family default
-:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
-if
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Description
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 5×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Functions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-floats: try to place the float at an own page
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Functions
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The order of the above option is
-\emph on
-always
-\emph default
- used by LaTeX.
- That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
-
-\family sans
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-if
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-possible
-\family default
-, then
-\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Functions"
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
-, and then the others.
- If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
- in the same order.
- If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
- but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-By default, each option has its own rules:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+The
\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
+Panel
\family default
- only floats occupying less than 70
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-% of the page can be placed at the top of a page
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+ contains under the button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/functions.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
-\family sans
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+ a number of function macros, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
-: only floats occupying less than 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
-% of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+,
+\emph on
+etc
+\emph default
+.
+ (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
+\series bold
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+\backslash
+sin
+\series default
+ etc.).
+ Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
+ avoid confusions, because
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
-floats
-\family default
-: only if more than 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ does normally mean
+\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
\end_inset
-% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
- on a page.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
- option
-\family sans
-Ignore
-\begin_inset space ~
+Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
+ is different from
+\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
-rules
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
- exactly at the position where it is inserted.
- For this case you can use the option
-\family sans
-Here
+For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
+s are placed, as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-definitely
-\family default
-.
- Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
- be printed.
- Because the float is then no longer able to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
- surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Minipages
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Accents
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Minipages
+Math ! Accents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Minipages"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
- called minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
-\begin_inset space ~
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-apply.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Box
-\family default
-.
- Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
- and its alignment within the page.
-\end_layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "30col%"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
+ Our example is entered by typing
+\series bold
-\shape italic
-This is a minipage.
- The text is set in an italic style.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+hat
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
-\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
-\family default
- as described in section
+a
+\series default
+ in a formula.
+ Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
-
-\end_inset
+reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
-:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-
+ shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
+Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Name
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
- to other box types.
- All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
-\emph on
-Boxes
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+E
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+xample
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mathematical Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+circumflex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Formulas | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
-{
+\backslash
+hat
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-Math
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
-\end_layout
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\backslash
+grave
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Basic Math Editing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Basics
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-mode on"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
- corners.
- That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
- what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
- You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- menu.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
- with the
-\family sans
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-toolbar
-\family default
-, that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
- line, like this one:
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+acute
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with an inline formula
-\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
-, like this one:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-A=B
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset
-You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
+\end_layout
-typing
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-alpha
-\series default
+ddot
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
- So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Navigating in Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Navigating
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+tilde
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
- achieved with the arrow keys.
- LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
- The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- will leave a formula construct (a square root
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, or parentheses
-\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, or a matrix
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset
-).
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Escape
-\family default
- will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
-
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-, printed in this document as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
- space character (visible space).
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
- characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
- For this reason, you have to be careful about using
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, type
\series bold
\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+breve
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-2x+1
-\series default
- and not
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-spce
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-2x
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+check
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-+1
-\series default
-, since in the latter case only the
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
-\family default
- will be under the square root sign:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
-\end_inset
-
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
- in, such as:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-\lambda_{1}\\
- & \ddots\\
- & & \lambda_{n}
-\end{array}\right)
-\]
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
- in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Selecting Text
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
- Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
-\family sans
-Shift
-\family default
- and a cursor movement key to select text.
- It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
- Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
- That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
- but not in a normal text region in LyX.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Exponents and Subscripts
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Exponents
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+bar
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Subscripts
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
- way is to use a command.
- To get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, type in a formula
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+vector
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+vec
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series default
-.
- The final
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
- If you type
-\series bold
-x^2y
-\series default
-, you will get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
-, to get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
-\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-y
-\series default
-.
- If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
- hat
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-^
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-, you have to use an extra
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- to separate the hat and the character.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Frame
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+decorations
+\family default
+ symbol set button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/hat.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
-if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-x^
-\begin_inset ERT
+ in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
+ a formula too.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Brackets and Delimiters
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-spce
+Math ! Brackets
\end_layout
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
-.
- Subscripts are similar: To get
-\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
-\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-a_1
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Delimiters
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
-\series default
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fractions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are several brackets available through LyX.
+ For most purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[]{}()|<>
+\family default
+ should suffice.
+ But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
+ toolbar delimiter icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Fractions
-\end_layout
+.
+ For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
+ matrix such as:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
+\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Create a fraction with either the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-frac
-\series default
- or using the icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/frac.png
- scale 60
-
-\end_inset
+The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
+ to accommodate the size of what is inside.
+\end_layout
- in the
+\begin_layout Standard
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
+ left side and right side.
+ If you use the option
\family sans
-Math
+Keep
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-.
- You will be presented with an empty fraction.
- The cursor is above the fraction line.
- To move it to the bottom, simply press
-\family sans
-Down
+matched
\family default
-.
- To move back up, press
+, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+ The selection will be shown below the button field.
+ If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
+ It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
+ you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
+ inside the brackets.
+ Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
\family sans
-Up
+Insert
\family default
.
- Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
-2 & 3\\
-4 & 5
-\end{array}\right)}\right]
-\]
+ The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Arrays
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Matrices
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Roots
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Roots
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Roots can be created using the
+Matrices are entered in LyX using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
- button
+ matrix button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
+ filename ../images/math/matrix.png
scale 85
groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
- or the commands
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
.
- With the command
-\series bold
+ It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
- you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- produces always a square root.
-\end_layout
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Operators with Limits
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Sums
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
+.
+ When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
+ will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ This alignment is set in the box
+\family sans
+Horizontal
+\family default
+ with the letters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Integrals
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+\family sans
+r
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sum (
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
-) and integral (
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) operators are very often decorated with limits.
- These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
- a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
- The sum operator will automatically place its
+.
+ LyX proposes a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-limits
+
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
- formulas.
- Such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+ for every column as default.
+ For example, the sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, versus
+
+\family sans
+lcr
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
+ corresponds to the relevant column.
+ The result will look like this:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\, column & this\, column\\
+column & has & has\, right\\
+has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
+\end{array}.
\]
\end_inset
-Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
- types.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
- display mode.
- The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
- behind the operator and hitting
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "math-limits"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- or using the menu
+ while the cursor is in the matrix.
+ Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Math
+\family default
+ or the math toolbar.
+\end_layout
-Limits
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+ It can be created with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cases
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Type
+Environment
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ or the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-Certain other mathematical expressions have this
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+cases
+\series default
+.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+-1 & x<0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+1 & x>0
+\end{cases}
+\]
-moving limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- feature as addition, such as
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Limits
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
-\]
-
+Multi-line formulas are created when you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-which will place the
-\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+ within a formula.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
+ column.
+ When you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- underneath the
+ in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-lim
+=
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
+ is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ A new row is created by every further hit of
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
+ Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
+a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
+ where you want to start the shift and hit
+\family sans
+Ctrl-Tab.
+
+\family default
+ It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
+ position to the next column.
+ Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
+ within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
+\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
-\series bold
+The multi-line formula type described here is called
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+eqnarray
+\family default
+\series default
+.
+ There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:asquared"
-\backslash
-lim
-\series default
-.
- Have a look at section
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Functions"
+reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
- for an explanation of function macros.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Symbols
+\begin_layout Section
+Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Symbols
+Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Most math symbols can be found in the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Panel
-\family default
- under one of several categories; including
-\family sans
-Greek
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Operators
-\family default
- ,
-\family sans
-Relations
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Arrows
-\family default
-.
- There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
- you don't have to use the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-, but can type the command directly into the formula.
- LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Altering Spacing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Spaces
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
- LaTeX provides.
- To do this, type
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
-\end_inset
-
- or to use the
+To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
-Math
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Numbering
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/space.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
- This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- For example, the sequence
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
+ The formula number appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ within parentheses.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
- the space marker and hit space again several times.
- With every space hit the size will be changed.
- Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
- spaces.
- Here are two examples:
-\end_layout
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+ denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
+ is generated.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
+ the document class.
+ In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
+ separated by a dot:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{equation}
+1+1=2
+\end{equation}
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 3×
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
+Using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
+ in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
+ You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 5×
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Numbering
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Functions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Functions
-\end_layout
-
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Line
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-line-toggle"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Functions"
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\\
+2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
+4 & \leq & 7
+\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
+To number all lines use the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
+ A label is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ when the cursor is in the formula.
+ This opens a dialog to enter the label.
+ It is recommended to use the proposed
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Panel
+
+\family sans
+eq:
\family default
- contains under the button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/functions.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- a number of function macros, such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+ as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
+ type when you have many labels in your document.
+ We inserted in the following example the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+eq:tanhExp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\emph on
-etc
-\emph default
-.
- (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
-\series bold
+ in the second line:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
+ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
+\end{eqnarray}
-\backslash
-sin
-\series default
- etc.).
- Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
- avoid confusions, because
-\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
- does normally mean
-\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
+Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
+ Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
+ placeholder
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Reference
+\family default
.
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
+ The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
+ as the formula number:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
-
-\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
-\end_inset
+This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
- is different from
-\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
-
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
-s are placed, as described in section
+The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
.
+ To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Accents
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+User defined math macros
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Accents
+Math ! Macros
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
- mode.
- This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
- You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
+ have equations of the same form in a document several times.
+ Math macros are explained in section
+\emph on
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-enter
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
-\end_inset
+Macros
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
- even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
- Our example is entered by typing
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Section
+Fine-Tuning
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-hat
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Typefaces
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Typefaces
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
- in a formula.
- Table
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/font.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
+
+\end_inset
+
+, or enter its command, listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
+reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
- shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+, directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Accent-names-and"
+name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
-Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Name
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-E
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-xample
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-circumflex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-hat
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-grave
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-grave
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-acute
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathbf
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-umlaut
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-ddot
+mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-tilde
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathbb
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-dot
+mathfrak
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
+\emph on
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-breve
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathcal
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathsf
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-caron
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Calligraphic
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-check
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+ Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
+ space when you need a space in the box.
+ Here an example where
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+N
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\family default
+ denotes the set of numbers:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
+\]
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
+ You can e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-macron
+put a character in
+\family sans
+Fraktur
+\family default
+ in a box for
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can only print them emboldened using the command
\series bold
\backslash
-bar
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+, which works like the other typeface commands:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+ works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Style
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Text
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
+ not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
+ the entry
+\family sans
+Normal
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vector
-\end_layout
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+mode
+\family default
+ of the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/font.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-vec
-\end_layout
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
+ You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
+-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
+\end{cases}
+\]
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Sizes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Font sizes
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
+ automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+scriptstyle
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+scriptscriptstyle
+\family default
+.
+ For most characters,
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures, are set larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
+e.
+ These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/style.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, which is normally in
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+, larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The four styles are used in the following example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
+ inset is set in a particular size with the menu
\family sans
-Frame
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-decorations
+Style
\family default
- symbol set button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/hat.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+ As an example here is a formula in the font size
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
- a formula too.
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\size largest
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Brackets and Delimiters
+Theorem Modules
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
+ the document classes and into layout modules.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Brackets
+Layout Modules
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
+ other than the AMS classes.
+ See section
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Modules"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more on layout modules.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+AMS-LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Delimiters
+AMS math
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! AMS
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several brackets available through LyX.
- For most purposes, using just the keys
-\family typewriter
-[]{}()|<>
-\family default
- should suffice.
- But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
- toolbar delimiter icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
-\end_inset
+LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
+ (AMS) that are in common use.
+\end_layout
-.
- For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
- matrix such as:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]
-\]
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling AMS-Support
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Selecting the checkbox
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
-\]
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+package
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
- to accommodate the size of what is inside.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
- left side and right side.
- If you use the option
+\end_inset
+
+ dialog under
\family sans
-Keep
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-matched
+Options
\family default
-, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
- The selection will be shown below the button field.
- If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
- It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+ will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
+ available.
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
+ formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
- you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
- inside the brackets.
- Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
-.
- The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+AMS-Formula Types
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Section
-Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Arrays
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
+ LyX allows you to choose between
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
+.
+ We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+More Tools
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Matrices
+Cross references
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Cross-References"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
+ You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
+ the document.
+ To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
+ We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First item
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "enu:Second-item"
+
\end_inset
+Second item
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Matrices are entered in LyX using the
+First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Panel
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
\family default
- matrix button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/matrix.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+ or by pressing the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
.
- It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-1 & 2 & 3\\
-4 & 5 & 6\\
-7 & 8 & 9
-\end{array}\right)
-\]
+ A grey label box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/labelQt4.png
+ scale 85
\end_inset
-The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
+ LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
+ the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\family sans
+enu: Second-item
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
- will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
- This alignment is set in the box
-\family sans
-Horizontal
-\family default
- with the letters
+ The prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-l
+enu:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+ stands for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+enumerate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-r
-\family default
+.
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-, and
+if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-c
+sec:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- LyX proposes a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
\family sans
-c
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ A grey cross-reference box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
+ scale 85
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- for every column as default.
- For example, the sequence
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
+ in the document.
+ We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-lcr
+enu:Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
- centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
- corresponds to the relevant column.
- The result will look like this:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\begin{array}{lcr}
-this & this\, column & this\, column\\
-column & has & has\, right\\
-has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
-\end{array}.
-\]
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+.
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
+ in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-
- while the cursor is in the matrix.
- Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
+Alternatively to
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
+\family sans
+Copy as Reference
+\family default
+.
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
+ to the actual cursor position via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
+Paste
\family default
- or the math toolbar.
+ (shortcut Ctrl+V).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
- It can be created with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cases
+Here is our cross-reference: Item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Environment
-\family default
- or the command
-\series bold
-\backslash
-cases
-\series default
-.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
--1 & x<0\\
-0 & x=0\\
-1 & x>0
-\end{cases}
-\]
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-Multi-line formulas are created when you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-
- within a formula.
- In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
- column.
- When you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-
- in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
- is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
- A new row is created by every further hit of
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
-a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
-\end{eqnarray}
+It is recommended to use a protected space
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
- where you want to start the shift and hit
-\family sans
-Ctrl-Tab.
-\family default
- It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
- position to the next column.
- Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
- within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray*}
-\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
-\end{eqnarray*}
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The multi-line formula type described here is called
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-eqnarray
-\family default
-\series default
-.
- There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:asquared"
-
\end_inset
-).
- The other types are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
+ between them.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are six varieties of cross-references:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Formula Numbering and Referencing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
+ normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is omitted:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<page>: prints the page number: Page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand pageref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle
+\begin_layout Description
+on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Numbering
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- The formula number appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vpageref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
\end_inset
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- within parentheses.
- The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
- is generated.
- The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
- the document class.
- In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
- separated by a dot:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{equation}
-1+1=2
-\end{equation}
+<page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-Using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
- in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
- You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle
+\begin_layout Description
+Formatted
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Numbering
-\begin_inset space ~
+reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Line
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-line-toggle"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
- will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 3-2\\
-2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
-4 & \leq & 7
-\end{eqnarray}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-To number all lines use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-.
+ installed.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
- A label is inserted with the menu
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
+ the option
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
+Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
\family default
- when the cursor is in the formula.
- This opens a dialog to enter the label.
- It is recommended to use the proposed
+ in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document Class
+\family default
+.
+ The format is specified by adding the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newrefformat
+\series default
+ (prettyref) or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newref
+\series default
+ (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
+ For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
+ shortcut
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-eq:
+fig
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
- type when you have many labels in your document.
- We inserted in the following example the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+) can be done with this command
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-eq:tanhExp
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- in the second line:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
- & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
-\end{eqnarray}
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
+\backslash
+pageref{#1}}}
+\series default
-Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
- Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
- placeholder
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "prettyref,refstyle"
-.
- You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Reference
-\family default
.
- A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
- The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_layout Description
+Textual
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+LatexCommand nameref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-).
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
+ or the next page.
+ You will e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+see the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
-
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
+on this page
\family default
- and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ instead.
+ The style
+\family sans
+<reference> on page <page>
+\family default
+ will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-User defined math macros
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Macros
+\begin_layout Standard
+The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
+ is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
+ The varieties are adjusted in the field
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
+e.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can only use the style
+\family sans
+<reference>
+\family default
+ to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ is always possible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
- have equations of the same form in a document several times.
- Math macros are explained in section
-\emph on
-Math
+If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
+ for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
+ it.
+ Referencing formulas is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Macros
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Fine-Tuning
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Typefaces
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Typefaces
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
+Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
+ The entry
\family sans
-Math
+Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, or enter its command, listed in table
+Label
+\family default
+ sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+ This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
+\family sans
+Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
-
+Back
+\family default
+ so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
+ You can also go back with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
-, directly.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+You can change labels at any time.
+ References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
+ do not need to take care about this.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
+\begin_layout Standard
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
+ marks in the output instead of the reference.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+References are described in detail in sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
+Referencing Floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathrm
+Table of contents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathbf
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:toc"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table of Contents
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathit
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+ Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
+ If you click on it, the
+\family sans
+Outline
+\family default
+ window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
+ sections in your documents.
+ So this operation is an alternative to the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Outline
+\family default
+ that is described in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Navigating"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathtt
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+ in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+ Section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
-\backslash
-mathbb
+\end_inset
+
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
+ listed in the TOC.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:List-of-Figures"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
+ You can insert them via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathfrak
+TOC
+\family default
+ submenus.
+ The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+URLs and Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+URLs
+\end_layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph on
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hyperlinks
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathcal
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+URLs
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:URLs"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+URL
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status open
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-mathsf
+http://www.lyx.org
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
+ in the style
+\family typewriter
+Typewriter
+\family default
+.
+ To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
+ subsection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
-\family sans
-Blackboard
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Calligraphic
-\family default
-.
+ URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
- Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
- space when you need a space in the box.
- Here an example where
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-N
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in
-\family sans
-Blackboard
-\family default
- denotes the set of numbers:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
-\]
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Hyperlinks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hyperlink
+\family default
+ or with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "href-insert"
\end_inset
-put a character in
+.
+ The appearing dialog has two fields:
\family sans
-Fraktur
+Target
\family default
- in a box for
+ and
\family sans
-Typewriter
+Name
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+.
+ The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
+ The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
+
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+, an Email address like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "lyx-docs mailing list"
+target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
+type "mailto:"
+
\end_inset
-So it is better not to use this feature.
+, or a link to a file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
+ add the prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\family sans
+run:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-You can only print them emboldened using the command
+ to the link target.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
+ and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
+ To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
+ the text style dialog.
+ This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
+\family sans
\series bold
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
-, which works like the other typeface commands:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The link text color can be changed, when the option
+\family sans
+Color links
+\family default
+ is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+).
+ The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
+ option
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
+\series bold
+urlcolor=blue
\series default
- works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Style
+to the field
+\family sans
+Additional options
\family default
-.
+ in the PDF Properties dialog.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Appendices
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Text
+Appendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Appendices"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
- not for text.
- For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
- the entry
+Appendices are created with the menu
\family sans
-Normal
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Start
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-text
+Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-mode
+Here
\family default
- of the
-\family sans
-Math
+.
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
+ as the appendix region.
+ The region is marked with a red borderline.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
+ numbered with a capital Latin letter.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
+ and the subsection number.
+ All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
+ here two examples:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Credits"
\end_inset
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
+; Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-).
- Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
- You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
-x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
--x & \mbox{under Umständen}
-\end{cases}
-\]
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Sizes
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliography
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Font sizes
+Bibliography
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
- automatically chosen in most situations.
- These are called
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-scriptstyle
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-scriptscriptstyle
-\family default
-.
- For most characters,
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
- are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
- and certain other structures, are set larger in
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
-e.
- These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/style.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
+ You can include a bibliography database,
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Known under the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+BibTeX-database
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
- For example, you can set
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-, which is normally in
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-, larger in
+ which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
+ manually, using the paragraph environment
\family sans
-displaystyle
+Bibliography
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+, which was described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
+
\end_inset
.
- The four styles are used in the following example:
+ If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
+ document, like author-year citations, then you must
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+use a bibliography database.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Bibliography Environment
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+Within the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
+ with a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
+\family sans
+Key
+\family default
+ and a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+.
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
+ and we used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
-\end_inset
+, a short form of its title, as key.
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Citation
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
.
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
+ in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
+ The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
+ When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
+ the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
- inset is set in a particular size with the menu
+Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
+ entry with surrounding brackets.
+ If you set a
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style
+Label
\family default
-, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
- Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
- will be adjusted to correspond.
- As an example here is a formula in the font size
+ for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
+ Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-largest
+Credits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Have a look at the
+\family sans
+LaTeX Companion Second Edition
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
-\family roman
-\size largest
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Theorem Modules
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
- the document classes and into layout modules.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Layout Modules
-\end_layout
+The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
\end_inset
- As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
- other than the AMS classes.
- See section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Modules"
-
-\end_inset
- for more on layout modules.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-AMS-LaTeX
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS math
+Bibliography ! Databases
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! AMS
+Bibliography ! BibTeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
- (AMS) that are in common use.
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
+ documents.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
+ them.
+ Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
+ and reviews along with bibliographical information.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Enabling AMS-Support
+\end_inset
+
+ It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
+ entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
+ your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
+ cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
+ that document.
+ This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
+ you have cited.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Selecting the checkbox
+The database is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
+.bib
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-AMS
-\begin_inset space ~
+, containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX-2"
+
\end_inset
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
+ and in LaTeX books (
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+
\end_inset
-package
-\family default
- in the
+).
+ The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
+ special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
+ A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use a database, use the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
+/
+\family sans
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+BibT
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Math
+eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Options
+Bibliography
\family default
- will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
- available.
- AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
- formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+.
+ A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
+ In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Add bibliography to TOC
+\family default
+ adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Content
+\family default
+ drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
+ in the document or just the cited references.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formula Types
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The style file is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\family sans
+.bst
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
+ Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
+ provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
+ layout.
+ It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
+ for experts.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+For information how this is done, have a look at
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
- LyX allows you to choose between
-\family typewriter
-align
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-alignat
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-flalign
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-gather
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-multline
-\family default
-.
- We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-More Tools
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Cross-References
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
+ You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
+ either in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ or in LyX's preferences under
+\family sans
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cross references
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Cross-References"
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+eX
+\family default
+.
+ The following variants are possible:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+biber provides full Unicode support; recommended for multilingual texts
+ and for languages that don't use Latin letters
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
- You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
- the document.
- To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
- The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
- We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
+ that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First item
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "enu:Second-item"
+\begin_layout Standard
+BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
+ of the variants.
+ Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
+
+\family sans
+BibTeX
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX"
\end_inset
-Second item
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Third item
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you select the option
+\family sans
+Sectioned bibliography
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
+ This and other options are explained in detail in section
+\emph on
+Customizing Bibliographies
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+with BibTeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
+We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
+ the two methods of creating them.
+ As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
+ only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ We used the style file
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
+alphadin.bst
\family default
- or by pressing the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
-\end_inset
+ to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
+\end_layout
-.
- A grey label box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/labelQt4.png
- scale 85
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! Layout
+\end_layout
- is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
- LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
- the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
+ For this feature you need to enable the option
\family sans
-enu: Second-item
+Natbib
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
.
- The prefix
+ Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
+ For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
+ in the previous section.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
+ in the citation reference window.
+ Here an example where we set the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Chapter
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-enu:
-\family default
-
+3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ to appear after the reference:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Have a look at
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "Chapter 3"
+key "latexcompanion"
-enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index generation
+\end_layout
-if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-sec:
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Index"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+An index entry is created if you use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+Index
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Entry
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+arg "index-insert"
\end_inset
.
- A grey cross-reference box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
- scale 85
-
-\end_inset
-
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
- in the document.
- We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
+ A box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-enu:Second-item
+Index
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
- in the output.
+ is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
+ The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
+ by LyX as the index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Alternatively to
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
-, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
-\family sans
-Copy as Reference
-\family default
+We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
+ For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
+ of the LaTeX books
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+
+\end_inset
+
.
- The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
- to the actual cursor position via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paste
-\family default
- (shortcut Ctrl+V).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is our cross-reference: Item
+The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "enu:Second-item"
-
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to use a protected space
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-described in section
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-Space"
-
+List
+\family default
+.
+ A light blue box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Index
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
- between them.
+ will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
+ The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are six varieties of cross-references:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping Index Entries
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Grouping
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
- normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
+ index.
+ We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
+ lists under the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Equation
+Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is omitted:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
-
+.
+ First we create the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-<page>: prints the page number: Page
+ in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Lists"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-on
+.
+ In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Itemize"
\end_inset
+, we insert the command
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Lists ! Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+and the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Lists ! Enumerate
+\end_layout
-page
+\begin_layout Standard
+for the enumerated list in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Enumerate"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Formatted
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+The exclamation mark
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ marks the grouping levels.
+ You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
+ An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
+ If we don't have an index entry for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-refstyle
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
-\end_layout
-
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Page Ranges
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- installed.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Index ! Page ranges
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Textual
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand nameref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-<page>
-\family default
- will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
- or the next page.
- You will e.
+Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
+ section.
+ But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
+ E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-see the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
+ in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family sans
-on this page
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- instead.
- The style
-\family sans
-<reference> on page <page>
-\family default
- will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
+ with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
- is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
- The varieties are adjusted in the field
-\family sans
-Format
-\family default
- of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
-e.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can only use the style
-\family sans
-<reference>
-\family default
- to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
-\family sans
-<page>
-\family default
- is always possible.
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
- for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
- it.
- Referencing formulas is explained in section
+and another entry at the end of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+reference "sub:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
-.
+ with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
- The entry
-\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|)
+\end_layout
-Label
-\family default
- sets the cursor before the referenced label.
- This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
-\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+The commands
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Back
-\family default
- so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
- You can also go back with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "bookmark-goto 0"
+
+\series bold
+|(
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change labels at any time.
- References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
- do not need to take care about this.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
- marks in the output instead of the reference.
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+|)
+\series default
-\begin_layout Standard
-References are described in detail in sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ respectively start and end the index range.
+ You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
+ They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
+ the pages of the indexed document parts.
+ An example is the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Referencing Floats
+Document ! Settings
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Cross referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Table of contents
+Index ! Cross referencing
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Outline
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
+ We referred for example in the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+GIF
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:toc"
-
+ (in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Image-Formats"
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table of Contents
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+\end_inset
+) to the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ in the same section using the entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Contents
-\family default
-.
- Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
- If you click on it, the
-\family sans
-Outline
-\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
- sections in your documents.
- So this operation is an alternative to the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Outline
-\family default
- that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+GIF|see{Image formats}
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Navigating"
+\begin_layout Standard
+where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
+ The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
+ The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Order
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Entry order
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
- If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Short-Titles"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
+ then not follow the rules for the index order.
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
- Section
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
+ section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
- describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
- Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:List-of-Figures"
+\end_inset
+ doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
+ We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+maison
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
- You can insert them via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-TOC
-\family default
- submenus.
- The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
-\end_layout
+maître
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-URLs and Hyperlinks
+.
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-URLs
+Dummy entries ! maïs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyperlinks
+Dummy entries ! maître
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
-\begin_layout Subsection
-URLs
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:URLs"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
+ order maïs, maison, maître.
+ To achieve this, we use the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
-\family default
-.
+
+\series bold
+previous entry@current entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.lyx.org
-\end_layout
+In our case we want to have
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+maison
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ after
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
- in the style
-\family typewriter
-Typewriter
-\family default
-.
- To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
- subsection.
+ and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
+maïs@maison
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
+ another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
+ an example.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyperlinks"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
+In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
+ program
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Hyperlink
+makeindex
\family default
- or with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "href-insert"
+to generate the index (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
- The appearing dialog has two fields:
-\family sans
-Target
-\family default
- and
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+
\family sans
-Name
+makeindex
\family default
-.
- The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
- The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
-
+ would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
+ sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-, an Email address like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "lyx-docs mailing list"
-target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
-type "mailto:"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Font"
-, or a link to a file.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
- add the prefix
+ after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
+ index commands start with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-run:
-\family default
+\series bold
+LaTeX-packages !
+\series default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- to the link target.
+.
+ The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
+ To fix this
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+ bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
- and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
- To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
- the text style dialog.
- This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
-\family sans
-\series bold
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
-
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+OrgIndex
+\backslash
+index
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The link text color can be changed, when the option
-\family sans
-Color links
-\family default
- is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF Properties
-\family default
-).
- The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
- option
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
\series bold
-urlcolor=blue
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-to the field
-\family sans
-Additional options
-\family default
- in the PDF Properties dialog.
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+index}[1]{
+\backslash
+OrgIndex{#1}}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Appendices
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Appendix
+Index ! Entry layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Appendices"
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries !
+\shape italic
+This is an italic dummy entry
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Appendices are created with the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Start
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+ You can also format the page number using the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Here
-\family default
-.
- This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as the appendix region.
- The region is marked with a red borderline.
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
+ We can write for example
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
- numbered with a capital Latin letter.
- The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
- and the subsection number.
- All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
- here two examples:
+
+\series bold
+italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
+to get the page number in italic.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Credits"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-; Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+ Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
+ case
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
+\series bold
+|command
+\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ means
+\series bold
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliography
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+command{page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+number}
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Bibliography"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
-
+ to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
- You can include a bibliography database,
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Known under the name
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-BibTeX-database
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+to generate the index, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
- which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
- manually, using the paragraph environment
+.
+ If you use
\family sans
-Bibliography
+xindy
\family default
-, which was described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
+ This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
+ can be used, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "p. 678 ff."
+key "latexcompanion"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
+ for details.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
- document, like author-year citations, then you must
-\emph on
-
-\emph default
-use a bibliography database.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Bibliography Environment
+\begin_layout Standard
+In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
+ above.
+ Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
+ Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
+ Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
+ the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
+ If so, put the following in the preamble
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Within the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
- with a number.
- If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
-\family sans
-Key
-\family default
- and a
-\family sans
-Label
-\family default
-.
- The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
- entry.
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
- and we used
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-latexcompanion
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-, a short form of its title, as key.
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+IndexDef}[1]{
+\backslash
+textit{#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Citation
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
-\end_inset
+and write
+\end_layout
-.
- A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
- in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
- The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
- When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
- the reference.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
- entry with surrounding brackets.
- If you set a
-\family sans
-Label
-\family default
- for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
- Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+in the index entry.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
+\end_layout
-Credits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-:
+ The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
+ insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
+ change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at the
-\family sans
-LaTeX Companion Second Edition
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
-
+You can also change the layout for the whole index.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
+ for all index entries.
+ For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
+\emph on
+Index Style File
+\emph default
+, see the
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ documentation for details,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
+key "makeindex,xindy"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Databases
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Index Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! BibTeX
+Index ! Program
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+name "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
- documents.
+If the index entry program
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
- concerning them.
- Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
- and reviews along with bibliographical information.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
- It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
- entries.
- You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
- your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
- cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
- that document.
- This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
- you have cited.
+\family sans
+Makeindex
+\family default
+ is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
+ that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
+ So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
+ We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
+ However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
+ to use
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The database is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-.bib
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
+ dialog, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, containing the bibliography in a special format.
- The format is explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX-2"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
- and in LaTeX books (
+.
+ The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+key "makeindex,xindy"
\end_inset
-).
- The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
- special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
- A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+.
+ In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
+ the index.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
+ given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or the options in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indexes
+\family default
+.
+ This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
+ to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
+\end_layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Multiple Indexes
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
+ For instance, you might need to set up a separate
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+Index of Names
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use a database, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\family default
-/
-\family sans
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-BibT
-\begin_inset ERT
+ next to the standard index.
+ LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
+ packages that add this feature.
+ LyX uses the
+\series bold
+splitidx
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset space ~
+ package to generate multiple indexes.
+ The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
+ If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
+
\end_inset
-Bibliography
-\family default
.
- A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
- In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
- The option
-\family sans
-Add bibliography to TOC
-\family default
- adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
- In the
-\family sans
-Content
-\family default
- drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
- in the document or just the cited references.
+ Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
+ includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
+ Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The style file is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
\family sans
-.bst
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indexes
\family default
+ and select
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Use multiple Indexes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
- Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
- provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
- layout.
- It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
- for experts.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+.
+ Note that the list of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For information how this is done, have a look at
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Available Indexes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ below already contains the standard index.
+ To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
+ also appear as a heading) to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+New
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ input field and press the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+Add
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ button.
+ The new index should now appear in the list as well.
+ If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
+ by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
+ button.
+ The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
+ indexes in the LyX work area.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
- This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
-es dialog under
+Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
+ list in
\family sans
-Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-eX
+TOC
\family default
- in the
+ and the
\family sans
-BibT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
+ The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
+ are some additional features:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
+ on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
+\end_layout
-eX
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Itemize
+By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
+ Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-command
-\family default
- field.
- Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
-
-\family sans
-BibTeX
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX"
-
+Subindex
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you select the option
-\family sans
-Sectioned bibliography
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
- This and other options are explained in detail in section
-\emph on
-Customizing Bibliographies
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-with BibTeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+ If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
- the two methods of creating them.
- As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
- only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
- We used the style file
-\family sans
-alphadin.bst
-\family default
- to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
+g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
+ as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
+ to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Nomenclature / Glossary
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Layout
+Nomenclature
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
- For this feature you need to enable the option
-\family sans
-Natbib
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
+Glossary|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
- For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
- in the previous section.
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
- in the citation reference window.
- Here an example where we set the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- to appear after the reference:
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-after "Chapter 3"
-key "latexcompanion"
-
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Index
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index generation
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Index"
+name "sec:Nomenclature"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-An index entry is created if you use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Entry
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "index-insert"
-\end_inset
+Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
+ document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
+ glossary.
+\end_layout
-.
- A box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Index
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
- The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
- by LyX as the index entry.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
- For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
- of the LaTeX books
+ installed.
+ You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
-.
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
+A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
+ and then use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-/
+\family default
+N
+\family sans
+omenclature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index
-\begin_inset space ~
+Entry
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "nomencl-insert"
\end_inset
-List
-\family default
.
- A light blue box labeled
+ A gray box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-Index
+Nom
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
- The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
+ is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
+ The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
+ The second is the description of the symbol.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping Index Entries
+Nomenclature Definition and Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Grouping
+Nomenclature ! Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
- index.
- We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
- lists under the entry
+When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
+\family sans
+Symbol
+\family default
+ field as LaTeX-formulas.
+ For example to get
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Lists
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
- First we create the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-Lists
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+, insert this:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lists"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\series bold
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Itemize"
-
+\series default
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, we insert the command
-\end_layout
+$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+ character starts/ends the formula.
+ The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
+ with a backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Lists ! Itemize
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and the command
-\end_layout
+\backslash
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
+ like
\series bold
-Lists ! Enumerate
+
+\backslash
+Sigma
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-for the enumerated list in section
+(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Enumerate"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
-.
+.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The exclamation mark
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+You cannot use the
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- marks the grouping levels.
- You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
- An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
- If we don't have an index entry for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-Lists
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
-\end_layout
+ in this document is:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Page Ranges
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Page ranges
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+dummy entry for the character
+\backslash
+textsf{sigma}
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+The command
+\series bold
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
- section.
- But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
- E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
- in section
+\backslash
+textsf
+\series default
+ sets the fonts to
+\family sans
+sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+serif
+\family default
+.
+ To get
+\series bold
+bold
+\series default
+ font use the command
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
+\backslash
+textbf
+\series default
+, for
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ use
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+texttt
+\series default
+, for
+\emph on
+emphasized
+\emph default
+ use
+\series bold
- with the command
+\backslash
+emph
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\series bold
-Paragraph environments|(
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nomenclature ! Sort order
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and another entry at the end of section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
- with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
+ the symbol definition.
+ This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
+ Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
+\emph on
+a
+\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
+LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "a"
+description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
-\series bold
-Paragraph environments|)
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The commands
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\emph default
+ and
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-\series bold
-|(
-\series default
+\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
+LatexCommand nomenclature
+prefix "sigma"
+symbol "$\\sigma$"
+description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and
+.
+ They will be sorted by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\series bold
-|)
-\series default
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- respectively start and end the index range.
- You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
- They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
- the pages of the indexed document parts.
- An example is the index entry
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Document ! Settings
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Cross referencing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Cross referencing
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ – the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
- We referred for example in the index entry
+ will be sorted before the
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ since the character
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-GIF
+$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+ is considered in sorting.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To control the sort order, you can edit the
+\family sans
+Sort
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-) to the index entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+as
+\family default
+ field of the nomenclature dialog.
+ Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
+ definition.
+ For the example given, you can insert
+\family typewriter
+sigma
+\family default
+ in this field for the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, then
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ will be located before
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
- in the same section using the entry
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
\series bold
-GIF|see{Image formats}
-\end_layout
+nomencl
+\series default
+ documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "nomencl"
-\begin_layout Standard
-where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
- The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
- The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Order
+Nomenclature Options
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry order
+Nomenclature ! Options
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
- then not follow the rules for the index order.
- The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
- section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+The
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
+ Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
- We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-maison
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
+\begin_layout Description
+refeq Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maïs
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+, see equation (
+\emph on
+eq
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
-maître
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+eq
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+refpage Appends the phrase
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maître
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+, page (
+\emph on
+page
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+page
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
- order maïs, maison, maître.
- To achieve this, we use the command
+\begin_layout Description
+intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+There are furthermore the options
+\series bold
+croatian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+danish
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+english
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+french
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+german
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+italian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+polish
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+portuguese
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+russian
+\series default
+,
\series bold
-previous entry@current entry
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In our case we want to have
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-maison
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- after
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-maïs
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+spanish
+\series default
+, and
\series bold
-maïs@maison
+ukrainian
+\series default
+ to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
+ language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
- another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
- an example.
+To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
+ class options list in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ In this document the option
+\series bold
+intoc
+\series default
+ is used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
- program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
+You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
+ entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
\family sans
-makeindex
+Description
\family default
- would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
- sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Font"
-
-\end_inset
-
- after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
- index commands start with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ field in the nomenclature dialog:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+nomrefeq Like the
\series bold
-LaTeX-packages !
+refeq
\series default
+ option
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
-.
- The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
- To fix this
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
+\backslash
+nomrefpage Like the
+\series bold
+refpage
+\series default
+ option
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+nomrefeqpage Short notation of
\series bold
\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-OrgIndex
+nomrefeq
\backslash
-index
+nomrefpage
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-renewcommand*{
+nomnorefeq,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\backslash
-index}[1]{
+nomnorefpage,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\backslash
-OrgIndex{#1}}
+nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Layout
+Printing the Nomenclature
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry layout
+Nomenclature ! Printing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries !
-\shape italic
-This is an italic dummy entry
-\end_layout
+To print the nomenclature, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Lists
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- You can also format the page number using the character
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+.
+ A light blue box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-|
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
- We can write for example
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Nomenclature
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-italic page number:|textit
+ will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
+ Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to get the page number in italic.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
- case
+In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\series bold
-|command
-\series default
-
+Nomenclature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means
+.
+ If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
+ command
\series bold
\backslash
-command{page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-number}
+nomname
\series default
-.
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-
-\end_inset
-
- to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
+ in the preamble.
+ For example, in order to change the name to
+\emph on
+List of Symbols
+\emph default
+, add the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If you use
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
-, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
- This is because xindy requires you
-\change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
-
-\change_unchanged
- to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-after "p. 678 ff."
-key "latexcompanion"
-
-\end_inset
- for details.
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomname}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
- above.
- Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
- Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
- Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
- the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
- If so, put the following in the preamble
+If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
+ by adding the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-IndexDef}[1]{
+renewcommand{
\backslash
-textit{#1}}
+nomlabelwidth}{width}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-and write
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-my entry|IndexDef
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The default value is 1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+cm.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the index entry.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Program
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
+Nomenclature ! Program
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
- insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
- change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also change the layout for the whole index.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
- for all index entries.
- For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
-\emph on
-Index Style File
-\emph default
-, see the
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX uses the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
- or
+, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
+ LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
+
\family sans
-xindy
+makeindex
\family default
- documentation for details,
+ by adding options, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
+key "nomencl,makeindex"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Program
+\begin_layout Section
+Branches
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Program
+Branches
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Branches
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Index-Program"
+name "sec:Branches"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If the index entry program
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
- is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
+Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
+ For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
+ pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
+ document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
+ The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
+ To create a branch, either select the menu
\family sans
-makeindex
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert New Branch
\family default
-, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+ (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
\family sans
-Makeindex
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
- that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
- So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
- We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
- However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
- to use
+ dialog to
\family sans
-xindy
+Branches
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
+, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
+ state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
+ its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
+ be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
+ (see below for an example).
+ Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
+ to the name of the other) and to add
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
- dialog, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+unknown branches
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
-
+ (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
- The available options are listed and explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
-
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
- the index.
+branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
+, without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
- given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
-or the options in
+Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
+ These boxes are inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Indexes
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch
\family default
-.
- This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
- to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
+ where you can choose a branch.
+ You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
+ on them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Multiple Indexes
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
+ is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
- For instance, you might need to set up a separate
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Branch Question
+status open
-Index of Names
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
+\end_layout
- next to the standard index.
- LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
- packages that add this feature.
- LyX uses the
-\series bold
-splitidx
-\series default
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+status collapsed
- package to generate multiple indexes.
- The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
- If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
- includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
- Please consult the package's manual for details.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
+If you activate
+\family sans
+Filename Suffix
+\family default
+ in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Indexes
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branches
\family default
- and select
+, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
+ Consider for example a file
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Use multiple Indexes
+Exam.lyx
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- Note that the list of
+ which has the above branches.
+ If
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Available Indexes
+Filename Suffix
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- below already contains the standard index.
- To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
- also appear as a heading) to the
+ is active, the PDF export file would be called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-New
+Exam.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- input field and press the
+ if both the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Add
+Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- button.
- The new index should now appear in the list as well.
- If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
- by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
+Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- button.
- The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
- indexes in the LyX work area.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
- list in
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
+ branch were inactive,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
+Exam-Question.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-TOC
-\family default
- and the
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
- menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
- The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
- are some additional features:
-\end_layout
+ if only the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
- on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
-\end_layout
+Question
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
- Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
+ branch was active, likewise
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Subindex
+Exam-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ if only the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
- as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
- to the non-subindexes.
-\end_layout
+Answer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Nomenclature / Glossary
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ branch was active, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature
+Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ if both branches were active.
+ This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
+ much hassle.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Glossary|see
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
+ like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
+ branch.
+ For example you can define for the question branch
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
+For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Nomenclature
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-}
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Nomenclature"
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{#1}
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
- document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
- glossary.
+and for the answer branch
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
+
\series bold
-nomencl
-\series default
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{}
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Question
+status open
- installed.
- You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
- and then use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family default
-N
-\family sans
-omenclature
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Entry
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "nomencl-insert"
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{}
+\end_layout
-.
- A gray box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-Nom
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
- The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
- The second is the description of the symbol.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Definition and Layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
-\family sans
-Symbol
-\family default
- field as LaTeX-formulas.
- For example to get
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+Now it is possible to use the commands
+\series bold
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\series default
+ and
+\series bold
+\backslash
+answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\series default
+ to obtain conditional output.
+ Here is an example formula where only the
+\series bold
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+question
+\series default
+ part appears:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
+\]
-, insert this:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\series bold
-$
-\backslash
-sigma$
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
+
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\series default
-The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+PDF Properties
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:PDF-Properties"
-$
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- character starts/ends the formula.
- The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
- with a backslash
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF properties
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
- like
-\series bold
-\backslash
-Sigma
-\series default
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+The
+\family sans
+Document Settings
+\family default
+ dialog allows you in the
+\family sans
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+ to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
+ All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.)
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot use the
+Using
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+ will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
+ This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
+ table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
+ document part.
+ You can specify in the dialog tab
\family sans
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Hyperlinks
+\family default
+ how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
+ are created.
+ The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
+ entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
+ is referenced.
+\end_layout
-Style
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the dialog tab
+\family sans
+Bookmarks
\family default
- dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
- For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
+ document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
+ You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
+ or not.
+ With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
+ be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
+ For example level
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+1 will only display the sections.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in this document is:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+The header information in the dialog tab
+\family sans
+General
+\family default
+ are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
+ Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
-\series bold
-dummy entry for the character
-\backslash
-textsf{sigma}
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-The command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-textsf
-\series default
- sets the fonts to
+automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
+ This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
+ When the option
\family sans
-sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-serif
+Automatic fill header
\family default
-.
- To get
-\series bold
-bold
-\series default
- font use the command
-\series bold
+ is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
+ title and author settings.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-textbf
-\series default
-, for
-\family typewriter
-typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Load in fullscreen mode
\family default
- use
-\series bold
+ will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-texttt
-\series default
-, for
-\emph on
-emphasized
-\emph default
- use
+\begin_layout Standard
+PDF properties are also used in this document.
+ When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
+
\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+ options are used.
+ For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "hyperref"
+
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-emph
-\series default
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:TeX-Code"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
-Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
+TeX Code Boxes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Sort order
+TeX Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
- the symbol definition.
- This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
- Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
-\emph on
-a
-\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
-LatexCommand nomenclature
-symbol "a"
-description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
\end_inset
-\emph default
- and
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
+ constructs, but not all.
+ LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
+ All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
+ This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
+ is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
+ But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
+ commands.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
-LatexCommand nomenclature
-prefix "sigma"
-symbol "$\\sigma$"
-description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
+\begin_layout Standard
+But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
+ TeX Code box.
+ A TeX Code box is created by the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Code
+\family default
+ or by the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
.
- They will be sorted by
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
+ it.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
+ Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
+ For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
+ using the LaTeX-command
+\series bold
-\family sans
-a
-\family default
+\backslash
+fbox
+\series default
+, you can write the command part
+\series bold
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+fbox{
+\series default
+ in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
+\series bold
+}
+\series default
+ in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
+ The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
+ the following example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/ERT.png
+ scale 89
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-$
-\backslash
-sigma$
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+gives
+\end_layout
- – the
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with a
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
- will be sorted before the
-\emph on
-a
-\emph default
- since the character
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- is considered in sorting.
+\backslash
+fbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To control the sort order, you can edit the
-\family sans
-Sort
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-as
-\family default
- field of the nomenclature dialog.
- Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
- definition.
- For the example given, you can insert
-\family typewriter
-sigma
-\family default
- in this field for the
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
+framed
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
-, then
-\emph on
-a
-\emph default
- will be located before
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-.
+ word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\series bold
-nomencl
+Note:
\series default
- documentation,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "nomencl"
+ At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
+ to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Options
-\begin_inset Index idx
+Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Options
+The LaTeX Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\series bold
-nomencl
-\series default
- package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
- Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX Syntax
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-refeq Appends the phrase
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-, see equation (
-\emph on
-eq
-\emph default
-)
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to every nomenclature entry, where
-\family sans
-\emph on
-eq
-\family default
-\emph default
- is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-refpage Appends the phrase
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
+ about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
+ Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+program
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-, page (
-\emph on
-page
-\emph default
-)
-\family default
+ your text.
+ This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
+ any time if you know the right commands.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
- to every nomenclature entry, where
-\family sans
-\emph on
-page
-\family default
-\emph default
- is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
+imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
+ end of the day.
+ Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
+ all caption labels bold.
+ But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
+ in your manual.
+ Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
+ day.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
+\begin_layout Standard
+Now LaTeX comes into play.
+ As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
+ First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
+ database,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Catalogue"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are furthermore the options
-\series bold
-croatian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-danish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-english
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-french
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-german
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-italian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-polish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-portuguese
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-russian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-spanish
-\series default
-, and
+As result you know that the package
\series bold
-ukrainian
+caption
\series default
- to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
- language.
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! caption
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
- class options list in the
+\end_inset
+
+ is what you need.
+ To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
- dialog.
- In this document the option
-\series bold
-intoc
-\series default
- is used.
+) with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+usepackage[options]{package name}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
- entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
-
-\family sans
-Description
-\family default
- field in the nomenclature dialog:
+All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
+ two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
+ Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\backslash
-nomrefeq Like the
+\begin_layout Standard
+In your case the package name is
\series bold
-refeq
+caption
\series default
- option
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\backslash
-nomrefpage Like the
+.
+ After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
+
\series bold
-refpage
+labelfont=bf
\series default
- option
+ will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
+ So you add the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-nomrefeqpage Short notation of
\series bold
\backslash
-nomrefeq
-\backslash
-nomrefpage
+usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\backslash
-nomnorefeq,
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+to the preamble and the problem is solved.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more commands provided by the
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+ package, have a look at its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "caption"
-\backslash
-nomnorefpage,
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\backslash
-nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Printing the Nomenclature
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Printing
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To print the nomenclature, use the menu
+Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
+ like your case.
+ For example if you use a
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Lists
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Nomenclature
+KOMA-Script
\family default
-.
- A light blue box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ class, you don't need the package
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+, you can instead write
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Nomenclature
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
- will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
- Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
+\backslash
+setkomafont{captionlabel}{
+\backslash
+bfseries}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Nomenclature
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
- command
+in the preamble and the problem is solved.
+ So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
+ documentation of the document class you want to use.
+ (
\series bold
\backslash
-nomname
+setkomafont
\series default
- in the preamble.
- For example, in order to change the name to
-\emph on
-List of Symbols
-\emph default
-, add the following line to the preamble:
+ is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
+ text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
+ argument.
+ To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
+ the previous section.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
+ LaTeX-books
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-nomname}{List of Symbols}
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
- by adding the following line to the preamble:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series bold
\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-nomlabelwidth}{width}
+pagestyle{fancy}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
+\end_layout
-.
- The default value is 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-cm.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Program
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Left Header
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Program
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+rightmark
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
- LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
-
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- by adding options, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+defines the header line as described below
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- The available options are listed and explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "nomencl,makeindex"
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Center Header
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Branches
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Right Header
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Branches
+
+
+\backslash
+leftmark
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Left Footer
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Branches
+
+
+\backslash
+thepage
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Branches"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
- For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
- pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
- document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Center Footer
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
- The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
- To create a branch, either select the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Insert New Branch
-\family default
- (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog to
\family sans
-Branches
-\family default
-, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
- state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
- its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
- be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
- (see below for an example).
- Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
- to the name of the other) and to add
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\color red
+LyX's user guide
+\end_layout
-unknown branches
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Magic code:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-e.
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
-branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
-, without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
- These boxes are inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branch
-\family default
- where you can choose a branch.
- You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
- on them.
+\begin_layout Right Footer
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
- is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+Roman{page}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Customized Page Headers and Footers
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
+
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Header/Footer line
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Answer
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header/Footer line
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you activate
+To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
+ to set the headings style to
\family sans
-Filename Suffix
+Fancy
\family default
- in
+ in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branches
+Settings
\family default
-, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
- Consider for example a file
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Exam.lyx
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- which has the above branches.
- If
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Filename Suffix
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- is active, the PDF export file would be called
+Layout
+\family default
+.
+ As second step add in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Modules
+\family default
+ the module
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Exam.pdf
+Custom Header/Footerlines
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- if both the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Question
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+ This module offers the 6
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+styles
+\end_layout
-Answer
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- branch were inactive,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Header,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Exam-Question.pdf
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- if only the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Header,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Question
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- branch was active, likewise
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Header
+\end_layout
-Exam-Answer.pdf
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- if only the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Footer,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Answer
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- branch was active, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Footer,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- if both branches were active.
- This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
- much hassle.
+Footer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
+for the different positions in the header/footer.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
- like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
- branch.
- For example you can define for the question branch
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
+Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
+ but you can change them anywhere you want to.
+ Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
+reference "fig:Page-layout"
\end_inset
-
+ shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement h
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\noindent
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{#1}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Left Header
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Center Header
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and for the answer branch
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Right Header
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The normal text on the page goes here.
+ The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
+ footnotes).
+ Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
+ the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Answer
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Left Footer
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now it is possible to use the commands
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
-\series default
- and
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Center Footer
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
-\series default
- to obtain conditional output.
- Here is an example formula where only the
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-question
-\series default
- part appears:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Right Footer
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
-
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Section
-PDF Properties
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:PDF-Properties"
+name "fig:Page-layout"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF properties
+Page layout with custom header and footer line.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Document Settings
-\family default
- dialog allows you in the
-\family sans
-PDF Properties
-\family default
- to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
- All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-hyperref
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
-\end_layout
-
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Using
-\series bold
-hyperref
-\series default
- will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
- This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
- table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
- document part.
- You can specify in the dialog tab
-\family sans
-Hyperlinks
-\family default
- how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
- are created.
- The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
- entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
- is referenced.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the dialog tab
-\family sans
-Bookmarks
-\family default
- you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
- document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
- You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
- or not.
- With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
- be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
- For example level
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
+To define your header line, add all 3
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1 will only display the sections.
+header styles.
+ The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
+ the optional arguments on even pages.
+ For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
+ can be omitted.
+ If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
+ Defining the footer line works similar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The header information in the dialog tab
+For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
+ as TeX-code (menu
\family sans
-General
-\family default
- are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
- Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Te
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
- This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
- When the option
-\family sans
-Automatic fill header
-\family default
- is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
- title and author settings.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The option
-\family sans
-Load in fullscreen mode
-\family default
- will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-PDF properties are also used in this document.
- When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
-
-\series bold
-hyperref
-\series default
- options are used.
- For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "hyperref"
+\end_inset
+X
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Code
+\family default
+):
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:TeX-Code"
+\begin_layout Description
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+thepage prints the current page number
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-TeX Code Boxes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TeX Code
+\backslash
+roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
+\backslash
+leftmark prints the current section number and title.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
+ title instead.
+ It is called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+leftmark
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
+ because it usually goes in a left header.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
+ title instead.
+ It is normally used in the right header.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
- constructs, but not all.
- LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
- All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
- This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
- is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
- But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
- commands.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Default header/footer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
- TeX Code box.
- A TeX Code box is created by the menu
+The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
+ The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
+ footer has the page number.
+ In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
+ relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
+ So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-TeX
+Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Code
+Footer
\family default
- or by the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "ert-insert"
-\end_inset
+ style.
+\end_layout
-.
- The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
- it.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Appearance
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
- Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
- For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
- using the LaTeX-command
+The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
+ Some pages are different.
+ The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
+ a new part or chapter in your book.
+ Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
+ There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
+ the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Header and footer decoration line
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, you get a 0.4
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
+ This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
\series bold
\backslash
-fbox
+headrulewidth
\series default
-, you can write the command part
+ and
\series bold
\backslash
-fbox{
-\series default
- in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
-\series bold
-}
+footrulewidth
\series default
- in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
- The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
- the following example:
+ in the following scheme:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/ERT.png
- scale 89
-
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+headrulewidth}{thickness}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-gives
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with a
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Where thickness is a size in standard units like
+\family sans
+pt
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+mm
+\family default
+.
+ If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-fbox{
+pt.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
+ If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-framed
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+4.4 of the book
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-}
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- word.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Several header/footer lines
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
+ do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
+ However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
+ text line.
+ To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
+\series bold
+\backslash
+headheight
+\series default
+ or
\series bold
-Note:
+
+\backslash
+footheight
\series default
- At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
- to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
+ in this scheme in your document preamble:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+headheight}{height}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
-\begin_inset Argument
+\begin_layout Standard
+Where height is a size in standard units.
+ If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
+ your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
+ Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+La
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The LaTeX Syntax
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+TeX Log
+\family default
+ and look via the button
+\family sans
+Next
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Warning
+\family default
+ if you find a warning of the package
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Syntax
+LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
+.
+ If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
+ for your header/footer.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+This example
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
+ Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
+ This example consists of the following definition:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Header
+\series bold
+\backslash
+rightmark
+\series default
+, empty optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
- about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
- Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Description
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-program
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+Header empty, empty optional argument
+\end_layout
- your text.
- This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
- any time if you know the right commands.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_layout Description
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+Header empty,
+\series bold
-imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
- end of the day.
- Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
- all caption labels bold.
- But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
- in your manual.
- Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
- day.
+\backslash
+leftmark
+\series default
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now LaTeX comes into play.
- As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
- First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
- database,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Catalogue"
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As result you know that the package
+Footer empty,
\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\backslash
+thepage
+\series default
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- is what you need.
- To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
+Footer
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+\series bold
+\color red
+LyX's user guide
\family default
-) with the command
-\end_layout
+\series default
+\color inherit
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+Magic code:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-usepackage[options]{package name}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
- two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
- Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In your case the package name is
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-.
- After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Footer
\series bold
-labelfont=bf
+
+\backslash
+Roman{page}
\series default
- will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
- So you add the command
+, empty optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
+headrulewidth set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+pt
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to the preamble and the problem is solved.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
+ floats.
+ For more special things like e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more commands provided by the
+g.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
\series bold
-caption
+fancyhdr
\series default
- package, have a look at its documentation,
+ package,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "caption"
+key "fancyhdr"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
- like your case.
- For example if you use a
-\family sans
-KOMA-Script
-\family default
- class, you don't need the package
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-, you can instead write
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
\backslash
-setkomafont{captionlabel}{
-\backslash
-bfseries}
+pagestyle{headings}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the preamble and the problem is solved.
- So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
- documentation of the document class you want to use.
- (
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-setkomafont
-\series default
- is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
- text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
- argument.
- To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
- the previous section.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
- LaTeX-books
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+switches back to page style with the default headings
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
\end_inset
-, etc., where a
-\begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
-\end_inset
-
- symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
+, etc..
For example, try searching for the regexp
\begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
LyX has a built-in spell checker.
- It uses one of the libraries
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-hunspell
-\family default
-, or
-\family typewriter
-enchant
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
- Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- as back-end.
- Which back-ends are available depends on the platform and the build-time
- configuration of the LyX program.
- E.
- g., on a Mac the operating system provides a spell checking service; there
- it is available as an additional back-end to choose from.
- The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
- under
-\family sans
-Language Settings
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
- This does work with all back-ends, assuming you have marked the different
- languages appropriately and the dictionaries installed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
- greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
-\family typewriter
-hunspell
-\family default
- can be used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
+ The menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Spellchecker
+\family default
+, the key
+\family sans
+F7
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
\end_inset
starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
- A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
- allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
+ A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
+ you to edit and replace it in a second line.
Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
scrolled so that it is visible.
- In the
-\family sans
-spell checker
-\family default
- dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
- could be found.
+ In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
+n, if any could be found.
Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
\family sans
-Replace
+Replacement
\family default
field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
Settings
\family default
dialog.
- If you
-\change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
-
-\change_unchanged
- have marked the different languages in your document, spell checking will
- automatically switch to the appropriate dictionaries.
You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
a different one at the top of the dialog.
+ LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
+ This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
+ have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
+ LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Limitations
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Further Settings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
- rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
- of the word.
- But you can use the
+In LyX's preferences dialog under
\family sans
-Find
+Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-&
+Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ you can set the following things:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Spellchecker
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Replace
+engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
+ Depending on your platform,
+\family typewriter
+aspell
\family default
- dialog for that.
-\end_layout
+,
+\family typewriter
+hunspell
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+enchant
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Further Settings
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
+ Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Spellchecker
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ are available.
+ On Windows only
+\family typewriter
+hunspell
\family default
- section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
+ is available.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Alternative
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
+ for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
- should consider, e.
+ should escape, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
- This should not normally be needed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Personal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
- the spell checker's default choice
+German umlauts.
+ This should normally not be needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
- The suggestions by the spell checker will be added to the context menu
- of a misspelled word if there were some found.
+ By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
+ in the context menu.
Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
word.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-comments The spelling of non-printed document contents is checked as well.
- You may disable this by deactivating this option.
+comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
+ as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-License of the Thesaurus library
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\emph on
-MyThes
-\emph default
- library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
-\noun on
-Kevin B.
- Hendricks
-\noun default
- as a standalone program.
- Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
- The library was released under the
-\emph on
-Berkeley Database License
-\emph default
-, which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
- In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
- MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
-\family sans
-~src/support/mythes/license.readme
-\family default
-.
- In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
-\family sans
-MyThes-License.txt
-\family default
- that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Change Tracking
\begin_inset Index idx
or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Comparison of Documents
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Comparison of documents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Compare
+\family default
+.
+ The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
+ the differences.
+ In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
+\family sans
+Copy
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Settings
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+from
+\family default
+ from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
+ difference file.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Enable
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+tracking
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+features
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+the
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+output
+\family default
+ enables the change tracking option
+\family sans
+Show
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Changes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\family default
+ to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
International Support
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
- other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
- For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
- you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
+If you have for example a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
+ can use an alternate keymap.
+ For example, if you have a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
+ use an Italian keymap.
The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
File
\family default
menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
- At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\family sans
CJK
+\family default
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
-\family default
-format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
- (CJK)
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+yX format of the special LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+DocBook
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
+ This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
+ files paths or file names in your document.
+ LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
\family sans
DVI
\family default
- DVI-format
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
+ paths or file names
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX) DVI-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Graphviz
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Dot text file with code in the programming language
+\family typewriter
+Dot
+\family default
+ that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
+\family typewriter
+Graphviz
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(
+\family default
+LuaT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
(pdflatex)
\family default
text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+\family default
+XeT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+LilyPond
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(La
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
+ music notation software
+\family typewriter
+LilyPond
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+L
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+yX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Archive
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
+ that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
+ etc.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+L
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+yX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
+z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+z
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is replaced by the version number)
+ represent the version number)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
+L
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
+NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
+\family typewriter
+ NoWeb
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
\family sans
OpenOffice
\family default
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
+\family default
+, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
pdflatex
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
+\family default
+, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XeT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Custom
+Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
+ programming language
+\family typewriter
+R
\family default
- custom format
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The program
+.
+ Using the
\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
+R
\family default
- produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
- It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
- what you want.
-
+-function
\family typewriter
-pdflatex
+Sweave
\family default
- produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
+ it is possible to use
+\family typewriter
+R
+\family default
+-commands in LaTeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Custom
-\family default
- allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
- the export program.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Print
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Find & Replace
+Find & Replace (Quick)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Find & Replace (Advanced)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Move Paragraph Up/Down
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
format either in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
) or in the document settings (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
-), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
+) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
+ The default output format is
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\emph default
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
\begin_layout Standard
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
) or in the document settings (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\emph default
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
\begin_layout Standard
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
) or in the document settings (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, no matter what quote type you selected in the
+Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
+
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\end_inset
Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes els
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
+\begin_inset script superscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+a, b
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
+\begin_inset script subscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3x
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
for a description.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
- The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
+ The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, and the BibTeX bibliography in section
+ and the BibTeX bibliography in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
on a cross-reference box.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forward Search
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
+ in the output, see section
+\emph on
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual for a detailed description.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
The Document Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
- highlighted document part.
+Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
+ document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
+This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
menus.
+ Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Emphasize text, function of the Edit
+Emphasize text, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
+Set text to noun style, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-UpdateMaster
+Update
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Master
\end_layout
\end_inset
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual, the math macro toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
The Document Settings
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
and you can decide to use them or not.
If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
recommended not to touch them.
- The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
- packages.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics driver
+\family default
+ is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
When using
\family sans
Default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-When you want one of the following drivers
+When you want to use one of the following drivers
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+
+\family sans
dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
2 in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
\end_inset
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ instead of
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for cross-references, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Child Documents
\end_layout
This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
Please refer to the section
\emph on
-Child Documents
+Child
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Documents
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for details.
\end_layout
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Local Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Fonts
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
- That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
+ That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
-
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Page Layout
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Language
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Language-encodings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The known commands are defined in a text file.
+The known commands are defined in a text file (
+\emph on
+unicodesymbols
+\emph default
+).
You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
\emph on
(LuaTeX)
\family default
-; see section
+, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
+).
+ So if you are using many special or accented characters and
+\family sans
+Language Default
+\family default
+ fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+package
+\family default
+ determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
+ of strings like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Part
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The possible settings are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Default is the package
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Automatic
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TODO
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+??
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Always
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Babel uses in every case
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
+ For example, if you want to use XeTeX and therefore want to the package
+
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ instead of
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+, type in
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{polyglossia}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+None will not use a language package.
+ This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-, you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
+.
+ You can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
\series bold
bibtopic
\series default
\end_inset
- and
+,
\series bold
esint
\series default
\end_inset
- or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+, mathdots
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+ und
\series bold
-amsmath
+mhchem
\series default
- is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
- ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-esint
-\series default
- is used for special integral characters.
+ or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
+ ensure that you have enabled
+\family sans
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+math
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+esint is used for special integral characters, see section
+\emph on
+Big
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Operators
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
+\emph on
+Ellipses
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
+\emph on
+Chemical Symbols and Equations
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The float placement options are described in section
+The float placement options are described in section
+\emph on
+Float
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Placement
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Float-Placement"
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Listings
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The listings settings are explained in chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File Formats; see
+File Formats
\family default
+, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand formatted
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Output
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TODO!
-\end_layout
-
+Output settings for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+search
+\family default
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Options
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+Options settings for the export format
+\family sans
+LyXHTML
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Strict XHTML
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TODO!
-\end_layout
+1.1
+\family default
+ will assure that the output follows exactly version
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+1.1 of the XHTML standard.
+ The different
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+output
+\family default
+ settings are described in detail in section
+\emph on
+Math Output in XHTML
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Dialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\family default
setting.
You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
- current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
+ current LyX session by pressing
+\family sans
+Ctrl
+\family default
+ and scrolling the mouse wheel.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
+\series bold
+Example
+\series default
+: You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
+ You can edit this file with the program
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+.
+ In
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
+\family sans
+External
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+programs
+\family default
+.
+ If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
+
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and click on the LyX-symbol.
+ The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
+ in your LyX file.
+
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\series bold
babel
\series default
-, it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
- However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
- with an alternative language package (
-\series bold
-polyglossia
-\series default
-) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
- Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
- covered by babel.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-The available selections are:
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\end_inset
+, it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
+ However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
+ with the alternative language package
\series bold
-Automatic
-\series default
-:
-\series bold
-
+polyglossia
\series default
-Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
- engine (default)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\series bold
-Always babel:
-\series default
-Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
- been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
- babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Custom:
-\series default
-Lets you load some other language package (via
-\family typewriter
+ that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
+ Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
+ covered by babel.
+ The available selections are described in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-usepackage
-\series bold
-{
-\series default
-packagename}
-\family default
-)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Language-encodings"
-\series bold
-None:
-\series default
-Loads no language package at all
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Adapt
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-output
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-printer This option works only for the
-\family sans
-Printer command
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-dvips
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- It activates a configuration file for dvips.
- This is an option only for dvips experts.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
Printer
\begin_inset space ~
you are using.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Adapt
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+printer This option works only for the
+\family sans
+Printer command
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+dvips
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It activates a configuration file for dvips.
+ This is an option only for dvips experts.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Date Format
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "enumitem"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "tipa"
+key "prettyref"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-tipa
+prettyref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "wrapfig"
+key "refstyle"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-wrapfig
+refstyle
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "tipa"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+tipa
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff